1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes true
128 \output_changes false
132 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
134 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
150 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
152 \begin_inset CommandInset href
154 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Note Note
176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
177 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
178 \begin_inset Newline newline
183 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
191 \begin_layout Standard
192 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
193 LatexCommand tableofcontents
200 \begin_layout Chapter
204 \begin_layout Section
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 LyX is a document preparation system.
210 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
211 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
212 It is unlike most other
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
222 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 pt type, left justified, 5
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
251 \begin_layout Standard
252 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
269 \begin_layout Standard
271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
282 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
283 the format of all of the manuals.
284 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
285 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
302 \begin_layout Section
306 \begin_layout Standard
307 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
309 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
310 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
316 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
317 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
319 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
320 only a vertical scrollbar.
321 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
322 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
323 This, however, is due
324 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
325 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
326 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
327 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
329 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
330 this doesn't work for equations yet.
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
342 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
347 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
348 ing sections of this documentation.
351 \begin_layout Section
355 \begin_layout Standard
356 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
361 of the manuals from inside LyX.
362 Just select the manual you want read from the
369 \begin_layout Section
371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
373 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
380 \begin_layout Standard
381 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
382 without resorting to configuration files.
383 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
384 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
385 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
390 \begin_inset Index idx
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
401 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
406 \begin_inset space \space{}
409 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
410 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
412 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
416 \begin_inset Index idx
419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
420 Reconfiguration of LyX
425 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
428 \begin_layout Section
430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
432 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
439 \begin_layout Standard
440 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
441 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
443 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
444 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
448 \begin_layout Standard
449 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
451 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
452 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
457 you can view from the menu
459 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
478 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
479 reconfigure LyX (menu
481 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
485 \begin_inset Note Note
488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
489 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
497 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
498 More about TeX Code is described in section
503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
505 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
509 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
516 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_inset Index idx
529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
530 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 See section 5.1 of the
539 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
542 \begin_layout Chapter
546 \begin_layout Section
547 Basic File Operations
548 \begin_inset Index idx
551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
560 \begin_layout Standard
565 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
566 in addition to some more advanced operations:
569 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 arg "dialog-show print"
687 \begin_layout Itemize
693 \begin_layout Standard
694 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
695 a few minor differences.
698 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
713 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
714 you for a template to use.
715 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
716 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
717 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
725 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
732 \begin_layout Standard
733 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
766 space is just that — a big, blank space.
774 \begin_layout Standard
795 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
800 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
825 will reload the document from disk.
826 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
827 and want to restore it to the last save.
836 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
837 can identify them as your changes.
840 \begin_layout Section
841 Basic Editing Features
842 \begin_inset Index idx
845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
854 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
861 \begin_layout Standard
862 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
863 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
864 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
865 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
867 We'll start with cut and paste.
870 \begin_layout Standard
871 As you might expect, the
875 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
876 various other editing features.
877 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
881 \begin_layout Itemize
895 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
923 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_layout Itemize
943 \begin_layout Itemize
959 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
965 \begin_layout Standard
966 The first three are self-explanatory.
967 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
968 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
977 keys also function as the
982 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
983 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
988 to get back the lost text.
991 \begin_layout Standard
992 \begin_inset Index idx
995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1001 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1013 \begin_layout Standard
1016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1021 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1032 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1038 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1042 \begin_inset space ~
1047 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1048 will start a new paragraph.
1051 \begin_layout Standard
1052 \begin_inset Index idx
1055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1062 \begin_inset Index idx
1065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1073 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1079 \begin_inset space ~
1087 \begin_inset space ~
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1097 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1102 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1105 \begin_inset space ~
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1119 button to skip the current word.
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1139 If the toggle is set, searching for
1140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1151 will not match the word
1152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 Match whole words only
1168 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1197 LyX offers also an advanced
1200 \begin_inset space ~
1204 \begin_inset space ~
1209 feature that is described in sec.
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1216 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1223 \begin_layout Standard
1224 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1225 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1227 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1232 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1239 \begin_layout Section
1241 \begin_inset Index idx
1244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1251 \begin_inset Index idx
1254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1263 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1270 \begin_layout Standard
1271 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1272 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1278 or the toolbar button
1284 to undo some mistake.
1285 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1287 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1290 or the toolbar button
1297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1304 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1308 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1311 \begin_layout Standard
1312 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1321 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1322 This is a consequence of the 100
1323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1326 step undo limit, above.
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1338 work on almost everything in LyX.
1339 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1343 \begin_layout Section
1345 \begin_inset Index idx
1348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1357 \begin_layout Standard
1358 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1361 \begin_layout Enumerate
1366 \begin_layout Itemize
1371 once anywhere in the edit window.
1372 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1376 \begin_layout Enumerate
1381 \begin_layout Itemize
1387 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1393 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1396 \begin_layout Itemize
1397 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1406 \begin_layout Enumerate
1407 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1413 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1417 \begin_layout Enumerate
1422 \begin_layout Standard
1427 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1432 \begin_layout Section
1434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1436 name "sec:Navigating"
1441 \begin_inset Index idx
1444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1453 \begin_layout Standard
1454 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1457 \begin_layout Itemize
1462 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1463 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1466 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1472 or the toolbar button
1475 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1481 \begin_layout Standard
1482 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1483 (TOC) that is described in section
1484 \begin_inset space ~
1488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1490 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1495 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1496 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1497 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1498 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1499 to the document, see section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1506 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1515 option sorts the current list, and the
1519 option keeps it in the current view state.
1520 Keeping means that when you have e.
1521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1525 \begin_inset space \space{}
1528 the subsections of section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1532 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1536 3, the subsections of section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1540 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1545 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1546 \begin_inset space ~
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1554 \begin_inset space \space{}
1558 \begin_inset Graphics
1559 filename ../images/down.png
1561 groupId toolbarbuttons
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 \begin_inset space \space{}
1574 \begin_inset Graphics
1575 filename ../images/up.png
1577 groupId toolbarbuttons
1582 \begin_inset space ~
1585 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1587 So you can for example move section
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1596 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1598 \begin_inset Graphics
1599 filename ../images/promote.png
1601 groupId toolbarbuttons
1606 \begin_inset Graphics
1607 filename ../images/demote.png
1609 groupId toolbarbuttons
1613 or the corresponding key bindings
1621 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1622 So you can for example make section
1623 \begin_inset space ~
1627 \begin_inset space ~
1631 \begin_inset space ~
1637 \begin_layout Standard
1641 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1644 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1645 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1646 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1647 go back to your last editing position.
1650 \begin_layout Section
1651 Input / Word Completion
1652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1654 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1659 \begin_inset Index idx
1662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1669 \begin_inset Index idx
1672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1703 \begin_layout Standard
1704 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1706 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1707 is used to propose completions.
1710 \begin_layout Standard
1711 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1712 there are completions available.
1713 You can then press the
1717 key to use this completion.
1718 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1719 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1720 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1727 \begin_layout Standard
1728 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1730 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1733 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1735 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1738 by deselecting the option
1745 Automatic inline completion
1747 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1748 To accept this proposal, use the
1757 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1758 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1766 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1773 \begin_layout Section
1775 \begin_inset Index idx
1778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1785 \begin_inset Index idx
1788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1817 \begin_inset Index idx
1820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1851 \begin_layout Standard
1852 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1853 LyX's default is CUA.
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1860 \begin_inset space ~
1868 \begin_inset space ~
1889 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1893 \begin_layout Labeling
1894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1899 LatexCommand nomenclature
1901 description "Tabulator key"
1907 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1908 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1909 \begin_inset space ~
1913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1915 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1922 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1926 , especially section
1927 \begin_inset space ~
1931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1933 reference "sub:Lists"
1939 If you're still confused, look in the
1946 \begin_layout Labeling
1947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1951 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1952 LatexCommand nomenclature
1954 description "Escape key"
1961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1968 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1969 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1972 \begin_layout Labeling
1973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1983 \begin_inset space ~
1990 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1991 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1995 \begin_layout Standard
1996 There are three modifier keys:
1999 \begin_layout Labeling
2000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2018 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2019 LatexCommand nomenclature
2021 description "Control key"
2025 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2026 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2030 \begin_layout Itemize
2039 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2042 \begin_layout Itemize
2051 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2054 \begin_layout Itemize
2063 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2067 \begin_layout Labeling
2068 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2086 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2087 LatexCommand nomenclature
2089 description "Shift key"
2093 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2094 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2097 \begin_layout Labeling
2098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2116 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2117 LatexCommand nomenclature
2119 description "Alt or Meta key"
2123 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2124 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2125 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2131 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2133 menu accelerator keys
2136 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2137 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2141 \begin_layout Standard
2142 For example, the sequence
2143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2149 \begin_inset space ~
2153 \begin_inset space ~
2159 \begin_inset space ~
2167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2186 \begin_inset space ~
2192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2202 \begin_layout Standard
2207 manual lists all other things bound to the
2215 \begin_layout Standard
2216 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2217 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2218 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2219 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2220 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2221 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2222 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2223 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2239 followed by a capital
2246 \begin_layout Standard
2247 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2249 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2254 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2257 as explained in sec.
2258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2264 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2271 \begin_layout Chapter
2273 \begin_inset Index idx
2276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2285 \begin_layout Section
2287 \begin_inset Index idx
2290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2299 \begin_layout Subsection
2303 \begin_layout Standard
2304 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2305 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2306 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2307 numbering schemes, and so on.
2308 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2309 and format the title of your document differently.
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2317 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2318 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2319 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2320 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2321 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2324 \begin_layout Standard
2325 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2326 how to adjust their properties.
2329 \begin_layout Subsection
2331 \begin_inset Index idx
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2343 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 You can select a class using the
2353 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2354 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2358 \begin_inset Index idx
2361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2368 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2372 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2376 \begin_layout Standard
2377 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2381 \begin_layout Description
2382 Article for basic articles
2385 \begin_layout Description
2386 Report for basic reports
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 Book for writing a book
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 Letter for US-style letters
2397 \begin_layout Standard
2398 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2399 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2400 will include many of these.
2401 Here are some of the classes.
2402 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2404 Special Document Classes
2413 \begin_layout Description
2414 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2422 \begin_layout Description
2423 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2427 \begin_layout Description
2428 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2429 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2430 There are three article layouts available.
2431 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2432 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2433 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2434 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2439 sequential numbering
2440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2443 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2444 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2445 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2446 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Beamer Layout for presentations
2453 \begin_layout Description
2454 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2455 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2459 \begin_layout Description
2460 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2463 \begin_layout Description
2465 \begin_inset space ~
2468 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 Foils Used to make transparencies
2479 \begin_layout Description
2480 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2481 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2487 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2498 \begin_layout Description
2499 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2500 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2501 (Is used by this document.)
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2508 \begin_layout Description
2509 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2512 \begin_layout Description
2517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2524 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2525 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2527 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2530 \begin_layout Description
2531 Slides Used to make transparencies
2534 \begin_layout Description
2536 \begin_inset space ~
2539 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2540 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2543 \begin_layout Description
2544 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2547 \begin_layout Standard
2548 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2550 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2556 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2557 of the document classes.
2560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2566 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2567 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2568 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2569 You will probably find
2571 that many of the document classes listed under
2573 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2574 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2576 \begin_inset Index idx
2579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2597 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2598 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2599 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2600 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2605 \begin_inset space ~
2614 receive a warning saying that
2615 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2616 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2618 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2619 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2623 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2627 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2630 that something is wrong.
2633 \begin_layout Standard
2635 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2637 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2641 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2642 and some of them, like
2646 , are highly specialized.
2648 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2651 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2652 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2653 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2654 by some document class.
2655 There are just too many of them.
2656 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2660 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2668 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2669 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2670 document class for a new file.
2671 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2676 Installing new LaTeX files
2677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2684 manual for information on how to install them.
2685 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2691 \begin_layout Standard
2692 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2693 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2695 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2696 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2697 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2699 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2702 \begin_inset space ~
2709 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2721 \begin_inset Index idx
2724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2733 \begin_layout Standard
2734 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2735 chosen document class.
2736 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2737 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2744 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2748 \begin_inset Index idx
2751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2758 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2762 \begin_layout Standard
2763 Some modules require LaTeX packages
2764 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
2765 or file format converters
2767 that are not always installed by default.
2768 LyX will warn you if you do not have
2769 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
2771 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
2775 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
2776 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
2779 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2780 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2781 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
2782 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
2784 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
2788 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2790 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
2792 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
2795 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2797 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2801 \begin_inset Index idx
2804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2805 Reconfiguration of LyX
2811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2814 Installing new LaTeX files
2815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2822 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2825 \begin_layout Standard
2826 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2834 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2835 LyX will advise you about these things.
2843 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2847 \begin_layout Standard
2848 Each class has a default set of options.
2849 Here's a quick table describing them:
2852 \begin_layout Standard
2853 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2859 \begin_layout Standard
2861 \begin_inset Tabular
2862 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2863 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3322 \begin_layout Standard
3323 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3329 \begin_layout Standard
3330 You're probably also wondering what
3331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3335 \begin_inset space ~
3339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3343 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3344 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3349 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3354 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3364 headings, there are also
3372 headings, and so on.
3373 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3374 \begin_inset space ~
3378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3380 reference "sub:Headings"
3387 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3391 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3396 \begin_inset Index idx
3399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3408 \begin_inset Index idx
3411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3420 \begin_layout Standard
3421 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3423 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3434 \begin_inset space ~
3439 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3441 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3442 to use for your document.
3443 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3447 \begin_layout Standard
3454 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3460 \begin_inset space ~
3465 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3466 You can choose between the following five options:
3469 \begin_layout Labeling
3470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3475 Use default page style of current class.
3478 \begin_layout Labeling
3479 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3484 No page numbers or headings.
3487 \begin_layout Labeling
3488 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3496 \begin_layout Labeling
3497 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3502 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3503 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3504 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3507 \begin_layout Labeling
3508 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3513 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3519 \begin_inset Index idx
3522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3523 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3529 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3530 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3532 Check the documentation for the
3536 package for more details,
3537 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3546 \begin_layout Standard
3551 of paragraphs is described in section
3552 \begin_inset space ~
3556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3558 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3565 \begin_layout Subsection
3566 Paper Size and Orientation
3567 \begin_inset Index idx
3570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3571 Document ! Paper size
3577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3579 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3586 \begin_layout Standard
3587 You'll find the following options in the menu
3590 \begin_inset space ~
3595 of the dialog of the
3597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3603 \begin_inset Index idx
3606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3615 \begin_layout Labeling
3616 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3620 \begin_inset space ~
3625 What size paper to print on.
3629 \begin_layout Itemize
3635 \begin_layout Itemize
3645 \begin_layout Itemize
3651 \begin_layout Itemize
3657 \begin_layout Itemize
3663 \begin_layout Itemize
3669 \begin_layout Itemize
3675 \begin_layout Labeling
3676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3681 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3692 \begin_layout Labeling
3693 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3697 \begin_inset space ~
3702 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3703 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3706 \begin_layout Subsection
3708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3715 \begin_inset Index idx
3718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3725 \begin_inset Index idx
3728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3737 \begin_layout Standard
3738 Paper margins are set in the menu
3740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3744 \begin_inset Index idx
3747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3756 \begin_layout Standard
3757 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3758 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3759 the paper format and the font size into account.
3762 \begin_layout Subsection
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3767 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3772 That includes the paragraph environments.
3773 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3774 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3775 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3776 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3785 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3787 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3788 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3789 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3792 \begin_layout Section
3793 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3794 \begin_inset Index idx
3797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3798 Paragraph ! Indentation
3806 \begin_layout Subsection
3808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3810 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3817 \begin_layout Standard
3818 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3819 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3822 \begin_layout Standard
3823 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3824 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3825 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3826 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3830 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3836 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3837 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3838 language than English.
3839 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3844 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3846 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3847 LyX takes care of that.
3848 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3850 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3851 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3852 of a page, and so on.
3856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3857 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3862 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3863 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3867 of these pre-coded spacings.
3868 We'll explain more later.
3871 \begin_layout Subsection
3872 Paragraph Separation
3873 \begin_inset Index idx
3876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3877 Paragraph ! Separation
3885 \begin_layout Standard
3886 To separate paragraphs, select
3897 \begin_inset space ~
3904 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3908 \begin_inset Index idx
3911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3917 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3918 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3919 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3922 \begin_layout Standard
3932 \begin_layout Standard
3933 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3934 \begin_inset space ~
3938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3940 reference "cap:Units"
3945 The default length is 30
3946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3952 \begin_layout Subsection
3956 \begin_layout Standard
3957 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3960 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3962 \begin_inset space ~
3967 dialog and toggle the
3970 \begin_inset space ~
3975 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3978 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3982 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3983 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3988 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3989 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3992 \begin_layout Subsection
3994 \begin_inset Index idx
3997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3998 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4006 \begin_layout Standard
4009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4013 \begin_inset Index idx
4016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4025 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4028 \begin_inset space ~
4037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4038 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4043 \begin_inset Index idx
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4047 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4052 installed to use this feature.
4060 \begin_layout Section
4061 Paragraph Environments
4062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4064 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4069 \begin_inset Index idx
4072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4073 Paragraph ! Environments
4079 \begin_inset Index idx
4082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4083 Paragraph environments|(
4091 \begin_layout Subsection
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4096 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4099 \begin_layout Standard
4118 \begin_inset Newline newline
4121 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4122 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4123 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4132 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4135 \begin_layout Standard
4136 A paragraph environment is simply a
4137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4144 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4145 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4146 scheme, labels, and so on.
4147 Additionally, you can
4148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4155 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4156 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4157 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4158 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4159 days of typewriters.
4160 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4162 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4167 \begin_inset Graphics
4168 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4174 at the left end of the toolbar.
4175 LyX will change the environment of the
4179 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4180 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4181 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4185 \begin_layout Standard
4194 create a new paragraph using the
4198 paragraph environment.
4200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4207 because if you are in one of these environments:
4210 \begin_layout Itemize
4216 \begin_layout Itemize
4222 \begin_layout Itemize
4228 \begin_layout Itemize
4234 \begin_layout Itemize
4240 \begin_layout Itemize
4246 \begin_layout Itemize
4252 \begin_layout Standard
4253 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4257 , rather than resetting it to
4262 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4263 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4264 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4265 \begin_inset space ~
4269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4271 reference "sec:Nesting"
4276 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4281 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4282 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4286 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4292 \begin_layout Subsection
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 The default paragraph environment is
4302 It creates a plain paragraph.
4303 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4304 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4305 this manual) are in the
4312 \begin_layout Standard
4313 You can nest a paragraph using the
4317 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4325 \begin_layout Subsection
4327 \begin_inset Index idx
4330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4339 \begin_layout Standard
4340 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4349 for thanks or contact information.
4350 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4351 page along with today's date.
4352 For other types of documents, the title
4353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4360 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4364 \begin_layout Standard
4365 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4379 Here's how you use them:
4382 \begin_layout Itemize
4383 Put the title of your document in the
4390 \begin_layout Itemize
4391 Put the author name in the
4398 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4400 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4406 Note that using this environment is optional.
4407 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4408 If you don't want any date, add the line
4409 \begin_inset Newline newline
4419 \begin_inset Newline newline
4422 to the preamble of your document (menu
4424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4430 \begin_layout Standard
4431 You can use footnotes to insert
4432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4439 or contact information.
4442 \begin_layout Subsection
4444 \begin_inset Index idx
4447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4463 \begin_layout Standard
4464 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4465 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4470 \begin_inset Index idx
4473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4474 Section headings ! Numbered
4482 \begin_layout Standard
4483 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4487 \begin_layout Enumerate
4493 \begin_layout Enumerate
4499 \begin_layout Enumerate
4505 \begin_layout Enumerate
4511 \begin_layout Enumerate
4517 \begin_layout Enumerate
4523 \begin_layout Enumerate
4529 \begin_layout Standard
4530 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4531 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4532 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4535 \begin_layout Standard
4536 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4537 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4538 You group the book into chapters.
4539 LyX does similar grouping:
4542 \begin_layout Itemize
4547 is divided in either
4558 \begin_layout Itemize
4570 \begin_layout Itemize
4582 \begin_layout Itemize
4594 \begin_layout Itemize
4606 \begin_layout Itemize
4618 \begin_layout Standard
4619 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4627 Not all document types use the
4631 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4636 is the top-level heading.
4644 \begin_layout Standard
4649 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4650 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4652 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4666 \begin_inset Index idx
4669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4670 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4678 \begin_layout Standard
4679 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4683 \begin_layout Enumerate
4689 \begin_layout Enumerate
4695 \begin_layout Enumerate
4701 \begin_layout Enumerate
4707 \begin_layout Enumerate
4713 \begin_layout Standard
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4722 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4723 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4724 table of contents, see section
4725 \begin_inset space ~
4729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4739 Changing the Numbering
4740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4742 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4749 \begin_layout Standard
4750 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4751 in the Table of Contents.
4752 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4754 Certain classes start with
4768 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4778 This is something you can change.
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4790 \begin_inset Index idx
4793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4804 \begin_inset space ~
4808 \begin_inset space ~
4813 you'll see two counters.
4818 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4820 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4825 Short Titles of Headings
4826 \begin_inset Index idx
4829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4830 Section headings ! Short titles
4836 \begin_inset Argument
4839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4848 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4855 \begin_layout Standard
4856 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4857 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4858 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4859 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4862 \begin_layout Standard
4863 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4864 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4865 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4866 To specify a short title, use the menu
4868 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4870 \begin_inset space ~
4876 This will insert a box labeled
4877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4892 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4893 This also works for captions inside floats.
4896 \begin_layout Standard
4897 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4904 \begin_layout Standard
4905 The following information applies to all section headings:
4908 \begin_layout Itemize
4909 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4912 \begin_layout Itemize
4913 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4916 \begin_layout Itemize
4917 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4920 \begin_layout Itemize
4921 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4924 \begin_layout Subsection
4925 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4928 \begin_layout Standard
4929 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4943 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4944 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4945 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4946 the text they contain.
4947 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4955 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4959 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4968 when you start a new paragraph.
4969 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4973 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4974 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4975 to change back to the
4979 environment yourself.
4982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4999 \begin_inset Index idx
5002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5012 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5013 time for the differences.
5022 are identical except for one difference:
5026 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5035 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5038 \begin_layout Standard
5039 Here's an example of the
5052 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5054 See – no indentation!
5058 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5059 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5060 the other paragraph.
5063 \begin_layout Standard
5064 Here's another example, this time in the
5071 \begin_layout Quotation
5077 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5078 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5079 the first line, then
5083 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5087 you were quoting other text.
5090 \begin_layout Quotation
5091 Here's a new paragraph.
5092 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5093 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5096 \begin_layout Standard
5097 As the examples show,
5101 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5102 They should put quotes in the
5107 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5111 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5120 \begin_inset Index idx
5123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5132 \begin_inset Index idx
5135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5151 \begin_layout Standard
5156 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5162 \begin_inset Newline newline
5165 Which I did not rehearse!
5169 It could be much worse.
5170 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5172 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5173 indented a bit more than the first.
5174 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5180 \begin_inset Newline newline
5183 And make things look fine
5184 \begin_inset Newline newline
5190 arg "newline-insert newline"
5196 \begin_layout Standard
5201 does not indent both margins.
5202 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5203 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5210 arg "newline-insert newline"
5216 \begin_layout Subsection
5218 \begin_inset Index idx
5221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5237 \begin_layout Standard
5238 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5248 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5257 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5258 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5259 some general features of all four of them.
5262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5267 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5269 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5278 reset the environment to
5282 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5283 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5284 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5288 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5291 to break paragraphs.
5294 \begin_layout Standard
5295 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5296 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5298 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5299 you read all of section
5300 \begin_inset space ~
5304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5306 reference "sec:Nesting"
5314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5320 \begin_inset Index idx
5323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5339 \begin_layout Standard
5340 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5344 paragraph environment.
5345 It has the following properties:
5348 \begin_layout Itemize
5349 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5353 \begin_layout Itemize
5354 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5357 \begin_layout Itemize
5358 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5362 \begin_layout Itemize
5363 The items can have any length.
5364 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5365 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5372 \begin_layout Itemize
5377 environment inside another
5381 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5385 \begin_layout Itemize
5386 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5389 \begin_layout Itemize
5390 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5393 \begin_layout Itemize
5395 \begin_inset space ~
5399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5401 reference "sec:Nesting"
5405 for a full explanation of nesting.
5409 \begin_layout Standard
5410 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5419 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5422 \begin_layout Standard
5423 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5424 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5427 \begin_layout Itemize
5428 The label for the first level
5432 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 The label for the second level is a dash.
5441 \begin_layout Itemize
5442 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5446 \begin_layout Itemize
5447 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5451 \begin_layout Itemize
5452 Back out to the third level.
5456 \begin_layout Itemize
5457 Back to the second level.
5461 \begin_layout Itemize
5462 Back to the outermost level.
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 These are the default labels for an
5471 You can customize these labels in the
5473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5476 dialog in the submenu
5483 \begin_inset Index idx
5486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5495 \begin_layout Standard
5496 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5497 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5499 \begin_inset space ~
5503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5505 reference "sec:Nesting"
5512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5518 \begin_inset Index idx
5521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5530 name "sec:Enumerate"
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5542 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5543 It has these properties:
5546 \begin_layout Enumerate
5547 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5551 \begin_layout Enumerate
5552 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5556 \begin_layout Enumerate
5557 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5565 environment resets the counter to one.
5568 \begin_layout Enumerate
5581 \begin_layout Enumerate
5582 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5583 Items can have any length.
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5594 \begin_layout Enumerate
5595 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5599 \begin_layout Standard
5608 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5609 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5616 \begin_layout Enumerate
5617 The first level of an
5621 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5645 \begin_layout Enumerate
5646 Back to the third level
5650 \begin_layout Enumerate
5651 Back to the second level.
5655 \begin_layout Enumerate
5656 Back to the outermost level.
5659 \begin_layout Standard
5660 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5665 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5670 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5674 \begin_layout Standard
5675 There is more to nesting
5679 environments than we've stated here.
5680 You should read section
5681 \begin_inset space ~
5685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5687 reference "sec:Nesting"
5691 to learn more about nesting.
5694 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5700 \begin_inset Index idx
5703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5712 \begin_layout Standard
5713 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5717 list has no fixed label.
5718 Instead, LyX uses the first
5719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5726 of the first line as the label.
5730 \begin_layout Description
5731 Example: This is an example of the
5738 \begin_layout Standard
5739 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5743 \begin_layout Standard
5745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5752 it is meant that the first hit of the
5756 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5758 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5766 arg "space-insert protected"
5771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5772 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5774 \begin_inset space ~
5780 \begin_inset space ~
5784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5786 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5790 for more info.) Here is an example:
5793 \begin_layout Description
5795 \begin_inset space ~
5798 Example: This one shows how to use a
5801 \begin_inset space ~
5813 \begin_layout Description
5814 Usage: You should use the
5818 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5819 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5821 It's not a good idea to use a
5825 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5826 You're better off using
5838 paragraphs into them.
5841 \begin_layout Description
5842 Nesting: You can nest
5846 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5850 \begin_layout Standard
5851 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5852 them from the first line.
5855 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5861 \begin_inset Index idx
5864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5873 \begin_layout Standard
5878 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5881 \begin_layout Standard
5882 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5890 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5895 environment is named
5907 \begin_layout Standard
5916 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5917 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5920 \begin_layout Labeling
5921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5923 \begin_inset space ~
5926 labels LyX uses the first
5927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5934 of each line as the item label.
5939 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5940 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5941 blank as described above.
5944 \begin_layout Labeling
5945 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5946 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5947 the body of the item text.
5948 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5949 label width plus a little extra space.
5953 \begin_layout Labeling
5954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5956 \begin_inset space ~
5959 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5961 If the label width is larger, the label
5962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5969 into the first line.
5970 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5971 margin of the rest of the item text.
5974 \begin_layout Labeling
5975 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5977 \begin_inset space ~
5980 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5985 environment have the same left margin.
5986 \begin_inset Newline newline
5989 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5992 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5994 \begin_inset space ~
6003 \begin_inset space ~
6008 determines the default label width.
6009 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6018 multiple times instead.
6019 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6028 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6031 \begin_inset space ~
6036 every time you alter a label in a
6041 \begin_inset Newline newline
6044 The predefined default width is the length of
6045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6054 \begin_inset Newline newline
6058 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6066 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6067 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6075 \begin_layout Standard
6080 environment the same way like the
6084 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6090 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6094 \begin_layout Standard
6099 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6101 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6103 \begin_inset space ~
6107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6109 reference "sec:Nesting"
6113 to learn about nesting.
6116 \begin_layout Standard
6117 There is yet another feature of the
6121 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6123 You can use additional
6127 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6132 are documented in section
6133 \begin_inset space ~
6137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6139 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6144 Here are some examples:
6145 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6151 \begin_layout Labeling
6152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6153 Left The default for
6160 \begin_layout Labeling
6161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6162 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6169 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6172 \begin_layout Labeling
6173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6174 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6178 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6185 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6188 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_inset Index idx
6193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6210 \begin_inset space ~
6218 \begin_layout Standard
6219 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6227 \begin_inset space ~
6233 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6234 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6235 In contrast, you can use the
6242 \begin_inset space ~
6247 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6248 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6252 \begin_layout Standard
6253 Of course, you're not limited to using
6260 \begin_inset space ~
6269 \begin_inset space ~
6274 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6275 some European academic papers.
6278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6282 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6289 \begin_layout Standard
6294 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6295 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6299 \begin_inset space ~
6304 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6305 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6306 Here's an example of each:
6309 \begin_layout Right Address
6311 \begin_inset Newline newline
6315 \begin_inset Newline newline
6319 \begin_inset Newline newline
6322 When is it? What is today?
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6329 \begin_inset space ~
6335 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6336 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6337 Here's an example of the
6344 \begin_layout Address
6346 \begin_inset Newline newline
6349 Where do I send this
6350 \begin_inset Newline newline
6353 Your post office and country
6356 \begin_layout Standard
6357 As you can see, both
6364 \begin_inset space ~
6369 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6374 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6380 This makes sense, since
6388 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6389 Thus, you have to use
6396 arg "newline-insert newline"
6402 \begin_inset space ~
6405 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6407 \begin_inset space ~
6416 menu) to start a new line in an
6423 \begin_inset space ~
6431 \begin_layout Subsection
6435 \begin_layout Standard
6436 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6437 or list of references.
6438 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6445 \begin_inset Index idx
6448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6457 \begin_layout Standard
6462 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6463 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6464 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6465 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6469 in anything else or vice versa.
6475 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6476 The book document classes ignores the
6480 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6484 in a letter document class.
6487 \begin_layout Standard
6492 environment does several things for you.
6493 First, it puts the centered label
6494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6502 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6504 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6505 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6506 the subsequent text.
6507 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6508 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6511 \begin_layout Standard
6512 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6516 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6517 The new paragraph will still be in the
6522 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6523 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6526 \begin_layout Standard
6527 \begin_inset Float figure
6532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6543 \begin_inset Caption
6545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6548 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6569 \begin_layout Standard
6570 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6574 environment, but since this document is in the
6575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6582 class, we can't do this.
6583 We inserted it therefore as figure
6584 \begin_inset space ~
6588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6590 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6595 If you've never heard of an
6596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6603 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6606 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6612 \begin_inset Index idx
6615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6624 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6631 \begin_layout Standard
6636 environment is used to list references.
6637 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6638 only use it at the end of the document.
6643 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6646 \begin_layout Standard
6647 When you first open a
6651 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6667 depending on the document class.
6668 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6669 Each paragraph of the
6673 environment is a bibliography entry.
6678 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6679 Each new paragraph is still in the
6686 \begin_layout Standard
6687 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6688 by using a BibTeX database.
6689 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6690 phy handling, have a look at in section
6691 \begin_inset space ~
6695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6697 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6704 \begin_layout Subsection
6708 \begin_inset Index idx
6711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6712 Paragraph ! LyX code
6718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6727 \begin_layout Standard
6732 environment is another LyX extension.
6733 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6738 key as a fixed whitespace;
6742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6754 \begin_inset space ~
6759 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6764 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6765 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6768 arg "newline-insert newline"
6785 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6786 So, when you finish using the
6790 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6791 Also, you can nest the
6795 environment inside of others.
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6802 \begin_layout Itemize
6806 arg "newline-insert newline"
6809 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6814 \begin_inset space \space{}
6824 arg "newline-insert newline"
6830 \begin_layout Itemize
6834 arg "newline-insert newline"
6845 \begin_layout Itemize
6850 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6857 \begin_layout Itemize
6861 arg "space-insert protected"
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6869 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6870 You must put at least one
6874 in any line you want blank.
6875 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6878 \begin_layout Itemize
6879 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6883 since that will insert
6888 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6891 arg "self-insert \""
6897 \begin_layout Standard
6901 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6905 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6909 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6913 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6917 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6918 printf("Hello World!
6923 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6927 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 This is just the standard
6933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6949 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6950 rc-files, and so on.
6951 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6952 as if you used a typewriter.
6953 \begin_inset Index idx
6956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6957 Paragraph environments|)
6965 \begin_layout Section
6966 Nesting Environments
6967 \begin_inset Index idx
6970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6971 Nesting ! Environments
6977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6986 \begin_layout Subsection
6990 \begin_layout Standard
6991 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6993 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6995 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6997 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7009 \begin_layout Enumerate
7013 \begin_layout Enumerate
7018 \begin_layout Enumerate
7022 \begin_layout Enumerate
7027 \begin_layout Enumerate
7031 \begin_layout Standard
7032 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7033 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7036 \begin_inset space ~
7040 \begin_inset space ~
7048 \begin_inset space ~
7052 \begin_inset space ~
7061 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7062 will tell you how far you are nested).
7063 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7066 arg "depth-increment"
7072 arg "depth-decrement"
7075 or the convenient key bindings
7086 arg "depth-increment"
7092 arg "depth-decrement"
7095 to change the nesting level.
7096 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7097 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7101 \begin_layout Standard
7102 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7103 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7104 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7105 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7108 \begin_layout Standard
7109 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7110 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7112 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7115 \begin_layout Subsection
7116 What You Can and Can't Nest
7119 \begin_layout Standard
7120 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7121 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7124 \begin_layout Standard
7125 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7126 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7127 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 Completely unnestable
7134 \begin_layout Itemize
7135 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7139 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7145 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7146 environments have them:
7149 \begin_layout Description
7150 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7151 Can't nest into them.
7155 \begin_layout Itemize
7161 \begin_layout Itemize
7167 \begin_layout Itemize
7173 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 \begin_layout Itemize
7186 \begin_layout Description
7188 \begin_inset space ~
7191 Nestable You can nest them.
7192 You can nest other things into them.
7196 \begin_layout Itemize
7202 \begin_layout Itemize
7208 \begin_layout Itemize
7214 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Itemize
7226 \begin_layout Itemize
7232 \begin_layout Itemize
7238 \begin_layout Itemize
7245 \begin_layout Description
7246 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7247 You can't nest anything into them.
7251 \begin_layout Itemize
7257 \begin_layout Itemize
7263 \begin_layout Itemize
7269 \begin_layout Itemize
7275 \begin_layout Itemize
7281 \begin_layout Itemize
7287 \begin_layout Itemize
7293 \begin_layout Itemize
7299 \begin_layout Itemize
7305 \begin_layout Itemize
7311 \begin_layout Itemize
7317 \begin_layout Itemize
7323 \begin_layout Itemize
7329 \begin_layout Itemize
7333 \begin_inset space ~
7339 \begin_layout Itemize
7346 \begin_layout Standard
7347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7355 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7364 \begin_inset space ~
7368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7372 \begin_inset space \space{}
7375 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7376 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7377 section headings violate this.
7385 \begin_layout Subsection
7386 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7387 \begin_inset Index idx
7390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7391 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7399 \begin_layout Standard
7400 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7401 affected by nesting anyhow.
7405 \begin_layout Itemize
7409 \begin_layout Itemize
7413 \begin_layout Itemize
7417 \begin_layout Standard
7419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7427 Figures and tables in
7431 are not affected by this.
7436 Have a look at section
7437 \begin_inset space ~
7441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7443 reference "sec:Floats"
7447 for more information about
7454 \begin_layout Standard
7455 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7456 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7460 \begin_layout Standard
7461 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7469 of its own, it behaves just like a
7470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7477 paragraph environment.
7478 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7483 Here's an example with a table:
7486 \begin_layout Enumerate
7491 \begin_layout Enumerate
7492 This is (a) and it's nested.
7496 \begin_layout Standard
7497 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7503 \begin_layout Standard
7505 \begin_inset Tabular
7506 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7507 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7593 \begin_layout Standard
7594 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7601 \begin_layout Enumerate
7603 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7607 \begin_layout Enumerate
7611 \begin_layout Standard
7612 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7615 \begin_layout Enumerate
7620 \begin_layout Enumerate
7621 This is (a) and it's nested.
7625 \begin_layout Standard
7626 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7632 \begin_layout Standard
7634 \begin_inset Tabular
7635 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7636 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7637 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7638 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7722 \begin_layout Standard
7723 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7729 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7739 \begin_layout Enumerate
7743 \begin_layout Standard
7744 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7751 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7754 \begin_layout Enumerate
7759 \begin_layout Enumerate
7760 This is (a) and it's nested.
7763 \begin_layout Standard
7764 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7770 \begin_layout Standard
7772 \begin_inset Tabular
7773 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7774 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7860 \begin_layout Standard
7861 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7867 \begin_layout Enumerate
7869 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7877 \begin_layout Enumerate
7881 \begin_layout Standard
7882 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7888 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7889 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7893 \begin_layout Subsection
7894 Usage and General Features
7897 \begin_layout Standard
7898 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7907 is the innermost possible depth.
7908 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7912 level #1 – outermost
7916 \begin_layout Enumerate
7921 \begin_layout Enumerate
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7931 \begin_layout Itemize
7936 \begin_layout Itemize
7945 \begin_layout Standard
7946 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7947 both of them in the example.
7948 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7958 For example, if we tried to nest another
7963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7970 , we would get errors.
7973 \begin_layout Subsection
7975 \begin_inset Index idx
7978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7989 We have several examples of nested environments.
7990 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7994 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7995 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7998 \begin_layout Labeling
7999 \labelwidthstring MMM
8000 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8009 \begin_layout Labeling
8010 \labelwidthstring MMM
8011 #2-a This is level #2.
8012 We created it by using
8015 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8021 arg "depth-increment"
8028 \begin_layout Labeling
8029 \labelwidthstring MMM
8030 #3-a This is level #3.
8031 This time, we just hit
8038 arg "depth-increment"
8042 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8046 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8052 arg "depth-increment"
8059 \begin_layout Standard
8064 environment, nested inside of
8065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8073 So, it's at level #4.
8074 We did this by hitting
8077 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8083 arg "depth-increment"
8086 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8091 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8107 \begin_layout Standard
8112 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8115 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8121 \begin_layout Labeling
8122 \labelwidthstring MMM
8123 #4-a This is level #4.
8127 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8130 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8135 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8139 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8144 keep nesting things inside
8145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8156 \begin_layout Labeling
8157 \labelwidthstring MMM
8158 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8163 \begin_layout Labeling
8164 \labelwidthstring MMM
8165 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8166 and this is level #6.
8167 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8171 \begin_layout Labeling
8172 \labelwidthstring MMM
8173 #5-b Back to level #5.
8177 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8183 arg "depth-decrement"
8190 \begin_layout Labeling
8191 \labelwidthstring MMM
8195 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8201 arg "depth-decrement"
8204 , we're back at level #4.
8208 \begin_layout Labeling
8209 \labelwidthstring MMM
8210 #3-b Back to level #3.
8211 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8215 \begin_layout Labeling
8216 \labelwidthstring MMM
8217 #2-b Back to level #2.
8222 \begin_layout Labeling
8223 \labelwidthstring MMM
8224 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8225 After this sentence, we'll hit
8229 and change the paragraph environment back to
8236 \begin_layout Standard
8237 We could have also used the
8253 environment in place of the
8258 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8262 Example 2: Inheritance
8265 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8266 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8269 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8278 arg "depth-increment"
8281 , after which, we'll change to the
8289 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 environment, at level #2.
8297 \begin_layout Enumerate
8298 Notice how the nested
8302 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8306 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8310 \begin_layout Standard
8311 We ended this example by hitting
8316 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8320 and reset the nesting depth by using
8323 arg "depth-decrement"
8329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8330 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8339 \begin_inset Argument
8342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8343 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8351 \begin_layout Enumerate
8352 This is level #1, in an
8356 paragraph environment.
8357 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8361 \begin_layout Enumerate
8366 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8372 arg "depth-increment"
8376 Now, what happens if we nest an
8380 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8381 label be? An asterisk?
8385 \begin_layout Itemize
8395 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8396 So, its label is a bullet.
8397 (We got here by using
8400 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8406 arg "depth-increment"
8409 , then changing the environment to
8417 \begin_layout Itemize
8418 Here's level #4, produced using
8421 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8427 arg "depth-increment"
8431 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8436 \begin_layout Enumerate
8437 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8439 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8444 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8448 , because we are in the
8457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8476 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8482 type of numbering does LyX use?
8485 \begin_layout Enumerate
8486 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8489 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8492 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8495 \begin_layout Enumerate
8499 arg "depth-decrement"
8502 to decrease the depth after the next
8505 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8512 \begin_layout Enumerate
8514 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8518 \begin_layout Enumerate
8520 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8521 numeral as the label.Why?
8524 \begin_layout Enumerate
8525 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8534 Notice, however, that LyX
8538 reset the counter for the label.
8542 \begin_layout Enumerate
8546 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8552 arg "depth-decrement"
8555 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8556 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8557 into the twofold-nested
8565 \begin_layout Enumerate
8566 The same thing happens if we do another
8569 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8575 arg "depth-decrement"
8578 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8581 \begin_layout Standard
8582 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8587 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8601 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8607 The same rule applies for the
8611 environment, as well.
8614 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8615 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8618 \begin_layout Enumerate
8619 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8620 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8621 same detail with how we did it.
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8638 arg "depth-increment"
8645 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8646 example in parentheses someplace.
8647 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8648 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8649 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8653 \begin_layout Enumerate
8658 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8663 Now we'll add verse.
8664 \begin_inset Newline newline
8667 It will get much worse.
8668 \begin_inset Newline newline
8678 arg "depth-increment"
8689 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8690 \begin_inset Newline newline
8693 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8694 \begin_inset Newline newline
8700 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8714 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8720 \begin_layout Standard
8722 \begin_inset Tabular
8723 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8724 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8815 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8825 arg "depth-increment"
8831 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8841 arg "depth-decrement"
8848 \begin_layout Enumerate
8853 : level #1) This is another item.
8854 Note that selecting a
8858 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8859 3 times to put the table inside the
8867 \begin_layout Quotation
8868 We're now ending the
8872 list and changing to
8877 We're still at level #1.
8878 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8879 The next set of paragraphs is a
8880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8894 \begin_inset space ~
8899 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8903 for the letter body.
8907 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8910 to preserve the depth.
8911 Remember that you need to use
8914 arg "newline-insert newline"
8917 to create multiple lines inside the
8924 \begin_inset space ~
8934 \begin_layout Right Address
8936 \begin_inset Newline newline
8939 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8940 \begin_inset Newline newline
8946 \begin_layout Address
8948 \begin_inset space ~
8954 \begin_layout Quotation
8955 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8959 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8960 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8961 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8962 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8963 as soon as possible.
8964 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8967 \begin_layout Quotation
8968 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8969 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8970 with your order, along with payment.
8973 \begin_layout Quotation
8974 We thank you again for your patience.
8977 \begin_layout Address
8979 \begin_inset Newline newline
8986 \begin_layout Quotation
8987 That ends that example!
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8991 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8992 just a few keystrokes.
8993 We could have easily nested an
9014 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9017 \begin_layout Section
9018 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9019 \begin_inset Index idx
9022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9031 \begin_layout Standard
9032 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9033 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9034 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9035 be broken at the end of a line.
9036 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9040 \begin_layout Subsection
9042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9044 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9049 \begin_inset Index idx
9052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9061 \begin_layout Standard
9062 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9064 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9068 Further documentation is given in section
9069 \begin_inset Newline newline
9073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9075 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9083 \begin_layout Standard
9084 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9099 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9108 A protected space is set with
9110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9111 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9115 \begin_inset space ~
9125 arg "space-insert protected"
9131 \begin_layout Subsection
9133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9135 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9140 \begin_inset Index idx
9143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9144 Spacing ! Horizontal
9152 \begin_layout Standard
9153 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9155 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9156 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9160 The length units are listed in Appendix
9161 \begin_inset space ~
9165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9167 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9174 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9178 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9183 \begin_inset Index idx
9186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9195 \begin_layout Standard
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 \begin_inset space \space{}
9204 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9205 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9206 \begin_inset space ~
9210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9212 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9217 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9218 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9221 arg "space-insert normal"
9227 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9231 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9236 \begin_inset Index idx
9239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9248 \begin_layout Standard
9250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9257 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9266 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9267 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9268 inside abbreviations:
9273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9277 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9281 or between values and units.
9282 Compare for example this:
9283 \begin_inset Newline newline
9287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9291 \begin_inset Newline newline
9297 \begin_layout Standard
9298 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9301 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9303 \begin_inset space ~
9311 arg "space-insert thin"
9317 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9321 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9328 \begin_layout Standard
9329 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9332 \begin_layout Description
9334 \begin_inset space ~
9338 \begin_inset space ~
9342 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9346 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9350 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9353 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9356 \begin_layout Description
9358 \begin_inset space ~
9362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9366 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9370 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9374 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9381 em) space between the arrows.
9384 \begin_layout Description
9386 \begin_inset space ~
9390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9394 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9398 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9402 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9406 \begin_inset space ~
9410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9413 em) space between the arrows.
9416 \begin_layout Description
9418 \begin_inset space ~
9422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9426 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9430 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9434 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9438 \begin_inset space ~
9442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9445 em) space between the arrows.
9448 \begin_layout Description
9450 \begin_inset space ~
9454 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9458 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9463 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9470 cm space between the arrows.
9473 \begin_layout Standard
9475 \begin_inset space ~
9479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9481 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9485 lists the different space sizes.
9488 \begin_layout Standard
9489 \begin_inset Float table
9494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9496 \begin_inset Caption
9498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9501 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9505 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9515 \begin_inset Tabular
9516 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9517 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9742 \begin_inset Index idx
9745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9754 \begin_layout Standard
9755 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9756 in a uniform fashion.
9757 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9758 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9759 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9760 equally between themselves.
9764 \begin_layout Standard
9765 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9770 This is on the left side
9771 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9774 This is on the right
9780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9784 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9793 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9807 \begin_layout Standard
9808 That was an example in the
9814 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9818 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9822 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9825 is one in a standard paragraph.
9826 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9830 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9834 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9837 \begin_inset space ~
9842 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9845 \begin_layout Standard
9847 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9851 \begin_inset space ~
9857 \begin_layout Standard
9859 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9863 \begin_inset space ~
9869 \begin_layout Standard
9871 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9875 \begin_inset space ~
9881 \begin_layout Standard
9883 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9887 \begin_inset space ~
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9895 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9899 \begin_inset space ~
9905 \begin_layout Standard
9907 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9911 \begin_inset space ~
9917 \begin_layout Standard
9918 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9926 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9930 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9931 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9932 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9936 option in the space dialog.
9944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9946 \begin_inset Index idx
9949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9958 \begin_layout Standard
9959 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9965 \begin_inset space \space{}
9968 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9971 \begin_layout Standard
9972 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9975 What is correct English?:
9976 \begin_inset Newline newline
9980 \begin_inset Newline newline
9984 \begin_inset space ~
9987 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9988 \begin_inset Newline newline
9992 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10003 \begin_inset Newline newline
10007 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10018 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10024 \begin_layout Standard
10025 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10030 \begin_inset space ~
10034 \begin_inset space ~
10038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10042 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10045 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10049 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10055 \begin_inset space ~
10059 \begin_inset space ~
10063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10066 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10075 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10076 That is why it is named
10077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10085 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10086 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10090 \begin_layout Subsection
10092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10094 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10099 \begin_inset Index idx
10102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10111 \begin_layout Standard
10112 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10115 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10117 \begin_inset space ~
10123 There you find the following sizes:
10126 \begin_layout Standard
10139 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10144 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10146 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10150 \begin_inset Index idx
10153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10154 Document ! Settings
10159 for the paragraph separation.
10160 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10171 \begin_layout Standard
10177 \begin_inset Index idx
10180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10186 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10187 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10189 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10190 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10199 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10208 s are described in section
10209 \begin_inset space ~
10213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10215 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10224 If there are several
10228 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10229 You can therefore use
10233 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10236 \begin_layout Standard
10241 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10242 \begin_inset space ~
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10248 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10255 \begin_layout Standard
10256 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10267 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10279 \begin_layout Subsection
10280 Paragraph Alignment
10283 \begin_layout Standard
10284 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10286 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10290 There are five possibilities:
10293 \begin_layout Itemize
10301 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10307 \begin_layout Itemize
10315 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10321 \begin_layout Itemize
10329 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10335 \begin_layout Itemize
10343 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10349 \begin_layout Itemize
10357 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10363 \begin_layout Standard
10364 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10365 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10366 the left and right margins.
10367 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10370 \begin_layout Standard
10372 This paragraph is right aligned,
10375 \begin_layout Standard
10377 this one is centered,
10380 \begin_layout Standard
10382 this one is left aligned.
10385 \begin_layout Subsection
10387 \begin_inset Index idx
10390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10391 Page breaks ! Forced
10397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10399 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10406 \begin_layout Standard
10407 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10408 can force a page break where you want one.
10409 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10410 Only if you use a lot of
10414 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10417 \begin_layout Standard
10418 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10419 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10423 have to change the page breaking.
10426 \begin_layout Standard
10427 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10429 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10432 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10434 \begin_inset space ~
10440 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10443 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10445 \begin_inset space ~
10450 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10452 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10453 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10456 \begin_layout Standard
10457 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10458 at the top of a page.
10459 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10460 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10461 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10462 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10466 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10470 to learn more about
10477 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10481 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10486 \begin_inset Index idx
10489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10490 Page breaks ! Clear
10498 \begin_layout Standard
10499 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10500 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10501 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10502 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10503 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10506 \begin_layout Standard
10507 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10510 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10512 \begin_inset space ~
10518 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10521 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10523 \begin_inset space ~
10527 \begin_inset space ~
10532 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10533 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10536 \begin_layout Subsection
10538 \begin_inset Index idx
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10550 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10557 \begin_layout Standard
10558 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10560 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10569 \begin_inset space ~
10577 arg "newline-insert newline"
10581 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10584 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10586 \begin_inset space ~
10590 \begin_inset space ~
10595 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10597 This is necessary to avoid
10598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10605 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10608 \begin_layout Standard
10609 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10610 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10611 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10612 set a line break, e.
10613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10617 \begin_inset space \space{}
10620 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10621 \begin_inset space ~
10625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10627 reference "sec:Quote"
10632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10634 reference "sec:Verse"
10639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10641 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10648 \begin_layout Subsection
10650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10652 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10657 \begin_inset Index idx
10660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10671 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10686 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10688 \begin_inset space ~
10693 you can insert horizontal lines.
10694 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10695 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10698 \begin_layout Standard
10700 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10711 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_layout Section
10716 Characters and Symbols
10719 \begin_layout Standard
10720 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10721 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10726 \begin_inset space \space{}
10729 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10737 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10741 for information on how this is done.
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10745 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10750 dialog via the menu
10752 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10753 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10759 \begin_layout Standard
10760 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10768 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10769 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10770 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10778 \begin_layout Section
10779 Fonts and Text Styles
10780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10782 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10789 \begin_layout Subsection
10791 \begin_inset Index idx
10794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 There are two types of fonts:
10807 \begin_layout Description
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10813 \begin_inset Index idx
10816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10822 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10827 characters) in the font.
10828 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10829 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10830 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10831 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10832 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10833 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10834 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10835 \begin_inset Newline newline
10838 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10839 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10840 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10841 sizes than at small ones.
10842 \begin_inset Newline newline
10856 \begin_inset space ~
10864 \begin_layout Description
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10870 \begin_inset Index idx
10873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10879 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10880 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10881 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10882 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10883 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10884 picture manipulation program.
10885 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10886 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10887 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10888 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10889 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10891 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10892 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10893 \begin_inset Newline newline
10896 Bitmap fonts are named
10899 \begin_inset space ~
10904 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10907 \begin_layout Standard
10908 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10909 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10910 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10911 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10912 use scalable fonts.
10915 \begin_layout Standard
10916 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10917 its document properties.
10920 \begin_layout Standard
10921 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10922 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10923 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10924 font to emphasize text, you use an
10925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10933 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10934 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10938 \begin_layout Subsection
10940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10942 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10949 \begin_layout Standard
10950 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10951 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10952 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10954 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10955 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10956 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10957 to usual word processors.
10958 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10959 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10960 across different machines.
10961 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10962 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10964 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10966 \begin_inset space ~
10970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10972 reference "sub:Document-Font"
10977 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
10978 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
10984 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
10985 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
10986 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
10987 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
10988 that is installed on your system.
10989 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
10992 \begin_layout Standard
10993 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11001 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11002 es; so you might have to experiment.
11010 \begin_layout Standard
11011 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11019 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11020 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11028 \begin_layout Subsection
11029 Document Font and Font size
11030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11032 name "sub:Document-Font"
11037 \begin_inset Index idx
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11047 \begin_inset Index idx
11050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11059 \begin_layout Standard
11060 You can set the document fonts in the
11062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11066 \begin_inset Index idx
11069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11070 Document ! Settings
11080 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11081 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11084 \begin_inset space ~
11093 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11094 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11098 \begin_layout Standard
11105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11114 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11115 This requires that you use
11121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11160 as output format, i.
11161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11165 \begin_inset space ~
11168 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11175 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11180 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11182 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11184 \begin_inset space ~
11187 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11188 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11189 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11191 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11194 \begin_layout Standard
11195 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11200 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11205 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11206 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11228 European Computer Modern
11231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11238 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11250 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11251 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11256 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11259 \begin_inset space ~
11264 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11270 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11271 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11274 \begin_layout Itemize
11283 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11297 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11301 as the default font.
11302 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11303 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11316 One difference is improved kerning for the
11328 \begin_layout Itemize
11337 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11341 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11356 Virtual means that it
11357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11368 -glyphs from other fonts.
11369 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11391 Loading the LaTeX-package
11396 \begin_inset Index idx
11399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11400 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11405 with the document preamble line
11406 \begin_inset Newline newline
11413 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11414 \begin_inset Newline newline
11419 will fix the guillemet problem.
11424 and that accented characters are not
11428 glyph, but build of
11432 characters, the accent and the letter.
11433 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11439 If you search for example for the French word
11440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11447 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11456 and not for the glyph
11457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11461 \begin_inset space ~
11465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11471 \begin_layout Itemize
11472 If you do not like the look of
11480 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11485 \begin_inset space ~
11499 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11500 \begin_inset space ~
11503 serif and typewriter fonts
11507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11508 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11520 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11533 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11547 , but you can also select your own.
11548 \begin_inset Newline newline
11551 The differences between roman,
11554 \begin_inset space ~
11563 fonts are explained in section
11564 \begin_inset space ~
11568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11570 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11575 \begin_inset Newline newline
11582 was originally designed for newspapers.
11583 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11584 into the small newspaper columns.
11589 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11590 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11593 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11606 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11611 depends on the class you are using.
11612 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11615 \begin_layout Standard
11616 Note that the font size is the
11621 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11622 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11623 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11626 \begin_inset space ~
11632 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11633 \begin_inset space ~
11637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11639 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11646 \begin_layout Standard
11651 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11653 \begin_inset space ~
11656 serif or typewriter.
11661 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11671 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11674 \begin_layout Standard
11683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11698 \begin_inset space ~
11702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11704 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11709 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11710 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11717 \begin_layout Standard
11718 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11720 Use Old Style Figures
11724 Use True Small Caps
11727 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11730 Use Old Style Figures
11732 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11738 \begin_inset space ~
11741 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11744 Use True Small Caps
11746 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11747 of scaled capitals.
11748 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11749 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11752 \begin_layout Standard
11757 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11758 a font to display the script characters.
11762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11763 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11768 So this has no effect for the document language
11784 \begin_layout Standard
11785 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11789 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11797 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11801 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11802 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11803 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11805 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11808 dialog, see section
11809 \begin_inset space ~
11813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11815 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11827 \begin_layout Subsection
11828 Using Different Character Styles
11829 \begin_inset Index idx
11832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11839 \begin_inset Index idx
11842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11851 \begin_layout Standard
11852 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11853 certain paragraph environments.
11854 LyX supports two character styles,
11863 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11867 \begin_layout Standard
11872 style, do one of the following:
11875 \begin_layout Itemize
11876 click on the toolbar button
11885 \begin_layout Itemize
11886 use the key binding
11895 \begin_layout Standard
11896 These commands are all toggles.
11901 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11905 One typically uses the
11909 style for proper names.
11911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11918 is the original author of LyX.
11919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11925 \begin_layout Standard
11926 A more widely used character style is the
11931 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11938 \begin_layout Itemize
11939 clicking on the toolbar button
11948 \begin_layout Itemize
11949 using the keybindings
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11963 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11964 es use a different font.
11967 \begin_layout Standard
11968 We've been using the
11972 style all over the place in this document.
11973 Here's one more example:
11976 \begin_layout Quotation
11979 Don't overuse character styles!
11982 \begin_layout Standard
11983 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11984 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11985 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11986 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11990 \begin_layout Standard
11991 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12001 \begin_inset space ~
12009 \begin_layout Subsection
12010 Fine-Tuning with the
12015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12017 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12022 \begin_inset Index idx
12025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12034 \begin_layout Standard
12035 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12036 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12037 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12038 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12039 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12040 from ordinary dialog.
12043 \begin_layout Standard
12044 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12045 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12046 \begin_inset Newline newline
12049 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12050 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12053 \begin_layout Standard
12054 To use custom character styles, open the
12056 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12058 \begin_inset space ~
12064 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12065 font property which you can choose.
12066 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12069 \begin_inset space ~
12074 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12079 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12080 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12081 environments in a snap.
12084 \begin_layout Standard
12085 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12088 \begin_inset space ~
12100 \begin_layout Labeling
12101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12115 The possible options are:
12119 \begin_layout Labeling
12120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12125 This is the Roman font family.
12126 Normally a serif font.
12127 It's also the default family.
12137 \begin_layout Labeling
12138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12142 \begin_inset space ~
12149 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12161 \begin_layout Labeling
12162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12169 This is the Typewriter font family.
12175 arg "font-typewriter"
12184 \begin_layout Labeling
12185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12190 This corresponds to the print weight.
12195 \begin_layout Labeling
12196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12201 This is the Medium font series.
12202 It's also the default series.
12205 \begin_layout Labeling
12206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12213 This is the Bold font series.
12226 \begin_layout Labeling
12227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12232 As the name implies.
12237 \begin_layout Labeling
12238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12243 This is the Upright font shape.
12244 It's also the default shape.
12247 \begin_layout Labeling
12248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12262 s the Italic font shape
12268 \begin_layout Labeling
12269 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12276 This is the Slanted font shape
12278 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12281 \begin_layout Labeling
12282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12286 \begin_inset space ~
12293 This is the Small caps font shape
12300 \begin_layout Labeling
12301 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12306 Alters the size of the font.
12307 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12308 nal to the document font size.
12309 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12310 what you want to do.
12315 \begin_layout Labeling
12316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12337 arg "font-size tiny"
12343 \begin_layout Labeling
12344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12365 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12371 \begin_layout Labeling
12372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12393 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12399 \begin_layout Labeling
12400 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12421 arg "font-size small"
12427 \begin_layout Labeling
12428 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12442 It's also the default size.
12446 arg "font-size normal"
12452 \begin_layout Labeling
12453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12474 arg "font-size large"
12480 \begin_layout Labeling
12481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12502 arg "font-size larger"
12508 \begin_layout Labeling
12509 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12530 arg "font-size largest"
12536 \begin_layout Labeling
12537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12558 arg "font-size huge"
12564 \begin_layout Labeling
12565 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12586 arg "font-size giant"
12593 \begin_layout Standard
12598 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12599 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12600 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12601 — use that instead.
12602 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12605 \begin_layout Labeling
12606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12611 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12616 \begin_layout Labeling
12617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12624 This is text with emphasize on
12627 This might seem like the same as
12631 , but it is actually a bit different.
12637 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12639 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12642 \begin_layout Labeling
12643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12650 This is text with Underbar on.
12656 arg "font-underline"
12662 \begin_inset Newline newline
12667 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12668 when you couldn't change fonts.
12669 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12670 It's only included in LyX because some people
12674 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12677 \begin_layout Labeling
12678 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12685 This is text with Noun on.
12692 , this is a logical attribute.
12693 Normally it's equivalent to
12696 \begin_inset space ~
12705 \begin_layout Labeling
12706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12711 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12712 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12716 \begin_inset space ~
12721 , which is the default
12722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12729 and means normally black, you can choose between
12762 \begin_inset Index idx
12765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12774 \begin_layout Labeling
12775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12780 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12781 the language of the document.
12782 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12786 \begin_layout Standard
12787 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12788 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12790 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12792 \begin_inset space ~
12797 dialog, the settings are saved.
12798 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12801 arg "textstyle-apply"
12805 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12806 when the dialog isn't visible.
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12811 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12818 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12819 (suppose you just set the shape to
12820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12838 \begin_inset space ~
12850 \begin_layout Standard
12851 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12859 \begin_inset space ~
12871 \begin_layout Itemize
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12884 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12902 \begin_inset Newline newline
12906 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12920 \begin_inset Note Note
12923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12924 For more on phantoms see section
12925 \begin_inset space ~
12929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12931 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12941 \begin_inset Newline newline
12947 \begin_layout Itemize
12952 fonts use characters with serifs.
12953 These are the small
12954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12961 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12962 The following example will show the difference:
12963 \begin_inset Newline newline
12967 \begin_inset Newline newline
12972 text without serifs
12975 \begin_inset Newline newline
12978 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12979 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12986 \begin_layout Itemize
12992 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12993 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12996 \begin_layout Standard
12997 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12998 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13001 \begin_layout Section
13002 Printing and Previewing
13005 \begin_layout Subsection
13009 \begin_layout Standard
13010 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13011 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13012 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13013 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13014 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13016 Additional Features
13021 \begin_layout Standard
13022 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13023 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13024 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13025 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13026 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13027 This happens in two stages:
13030 \begin_layout Enumerate
13031 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13032 generating a file with the extension,
13033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13047 \begin_layout Enumerate
13048 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13052 file to produce printable output.
13056 \begin_layout Subsection
13057 Output file formats
13058 \begin_inset Index idx
13061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13070 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13078 Simple text (ASCII)
13079 \begin_inset Index idx
13082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13083 File formats ! ASCII
13091 \begin_layout Standard
13092 This file type has the extension
13093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13105 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13109 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13116 \begin_layout Standard
13117 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13119 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13120 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13122 \begin_inset space ~
13129 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13130 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13132 \begin_inset space ~
13136 \begin_inset space ~
13142 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13146 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13148 \begin_inset Index idx
13151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13152 File formats ! LaTeX
13160 \begin_layout Standard
13161 This file type has the extension
13162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13173 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13175 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13176 it manually with console commands.
13177 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13178 you view or export your document.
13181 \begin_layout Standard
13182 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13184 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13185 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13204 \begin_inset Index idx
13207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13216 \begin_layout Standard
13217 This file type has the extension
13218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13238 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13239 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13240 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13244 \begin_layout Standard
13245 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13246 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13247 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13248 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13250 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13253 \begin_layout Standard
13254 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13256 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13257 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13262 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13263 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13265 \begin_inset space ~
13272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13282 The latter option uses the program
13291 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13292 font access (see section
13293 \begin_inset space ~
13297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13299 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13304 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13310 \begin_inset Index idx
13313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13314 File formats ! PostScript
13322 \begin_layout Standard
13323 This file type has the extension
13324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13336 PostScript was developed by the company
13340 as a printer language.
13341 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13343 PostScript can be seen as a
13344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13347 programming language
13348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13351 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13356 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13362 \begin_inset Index idx
13365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13366 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13376 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13384 Encapsulated PostScript
13385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13388 (EPS, file extension
13389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13401 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13402 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13407 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13411 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13412 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13413 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13414 EPS to avoid this problem.
13417 \begin_layout Standard
13418 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13420 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13421 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13429 \begin_inset Index idx
13432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13439 \begin_inset Index idx
13442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13451 \begin_layout Standard
13452 This file type has the extension
13453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13469 Portable Document Format
13470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13477 was derived from PostScript.
13478 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13487 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13488 looks exactly the same.
13491 \begin_layout Standard
13492 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13496 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13500 (JPG, file extension
13501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13528 Portable Network Graphics
13529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13532 (PNG, file extension
13533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13545 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13546 in the background to one of these formats.
13547 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13548 will slow down your workflow.
13549 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13552 \begin_layout Standard
13553 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13555 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13558 in three different ways:
13561 \begin_layout Description
13562 PDF This uses the program
13566 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13567 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13571 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13572 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13575 \begin_layout Description
13577 \begin_inset space ~
13580 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13584 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13588 \begin_layout Description
13590 \begin_inset space ~
13593 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13597 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13600 \begin_layout Description
13602 \begin_inset space ~
13609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13616 X) This uses the program
13620 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13625 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13626 font access (see section
13627 \begin_inset space ~
13631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13633 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13638 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13641 \begin_layout Description
13643 \begin_inset space ~
13650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13657 X) This uses the program
13661 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13666 is an even newer engine, derived from
13670 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13671 access (see section
13672 \begin_inset space ~
13676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13678 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13683 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13687 \begin_layout Standard
13688 We recommend to use
13691 \begin_inset space ~
13700 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13701 works without problems.
13702 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13703 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13707 \begin_inset space ~
13714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13726 \begin_inset space ~
13733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13742 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13750 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13752 \begin_inset Index idx
13755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13756 FileFormats ! XHTML
13762 \begin_inset Index idx
13765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13774 \begin_layout Standard
13775 This file type has the extension
13776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13788 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13789 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13790 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13791 suitable for the purpose.
13792 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13793 it, but not all do.
13796 \begin_layout Standard
13797 XHTML output remains
13798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13805 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13810 LyX and the World Wide Web
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13816 Additional Features
13818 manual, for more information.
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13822 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13824 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13825 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13831 \begin_layout Subsection
13833 \begin_inset Index idx
13836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13845 \begin_layout Standard
13846 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
13847 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13853 \change_deleted -712698321 1301225765
13855 \change_inserted -712698321 1301225910
13860 or the toolbar button
13869 A viewing program will pop up showing the output
13870 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226025
13871 in the defined default output format, which is globally set in the preferences
13873 \begin_inset space ~
13877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13879 reference "sec:File-Formats"
13883 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
13885 \begin_inset space ~
13889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13891 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
13899 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226035
13901 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226047
13902 Further output formats can be selected via
13903 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226049
13908 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13910 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226053
13912 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226055
13918 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226064
13919 you can use the toolbar button
13920 \begin_inset Graphics
13921 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13923 groupId toolbarbuttons
13930 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13935 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13937 \begin_inset space ~
13943 \begin_inset Graphics
13944 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13946 groupId toolbarbuttons
13952 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13956 \begin_inset Graphics
13957 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13959 groupId toolbarbuttons
13966 arg "buffer-view ps"
13970 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226110
13971 or the toolbar button
13972 \begin_inset Graphics
13973 filename ../images/view-others.png
13975 groupId toolbarbuttons
13984 \begin_layout Standard
13985 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13986 viewer window using the menu
13988 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13990 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226188
13995 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13996 Update (Other Formats)
14003 \begin_layout Standard
14004 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14006 To have a real output, export your document.
14009 \begin_layout Subsection
14010 Printing the File from within LyX
14011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14013 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14020 \begin_layout Standard
14021 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14022 it directly from within LyX.
14023 To print a file, select the menu
14025 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14028 or click on the toolbar button
14031 arg "dialog-show print"
14035 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14036 This file is then processed by the program
14040 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14045 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14048 \begin_layout Standard
14049 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14050 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14051 printing one set to print on the other side.
14052 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14053 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14054 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14057 \begin_layout Standard
14058 You can set the parameters in the
14061 \begin_inset space ~
14069 \begin_layout Labeling
14070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14075 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14080 Note that this printer name is for the program
14089 has to be configured for this printer name.
14090 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14091 \begin_inset space ~
14095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14097 reference "sub:Printer"
14106 The printer should understand PostScript.
14109 \begin_layout Labeling
14110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14115 The name of a file to print to.
14116 The output will be a PostScript file.
14117 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14121 \begin_layout Section
14122 A few Words about Typography
14123 \begin_inset Index idx
14126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14135 \begin_layout Subsection
14137 \begin_inset Index idx
14140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14149 \begin_layout Standard
14151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14162 character comes in four lengths: the
14174 , and the minus sign:
14175 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14181 \begin_layout Standard
14182 \begin_inset Tabular
14183 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14184 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14185 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14186 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14187 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14188 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14217 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14257 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14284 \begin_inset space ~
14287 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14294 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14321 \begin_inset space ~
14324 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14345 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14379 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14385 \begin_layout Standard
14386 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14398 character multiple times in a row.
14399 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14400 the final output, but not in LyX.
14402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14432 \begin_layout Standard
14433 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14434 math mode and has a length of its own.
14435 Here are some examples of the
14436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14450 \begin_layout Enumerate
14451 line- and page-breaks
14452 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14462 \begin_layout Enumerate
14464 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14474 \begin_layout Enumerate
14475 Oh — there's a dash.
14476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14486 \begin_layout Enumerate
14487 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14491 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14501 \begin_layout Subsection
14503 \begin_inset Index idx
14506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14515 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14522 \begin_layout Standard
14523 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14524 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14529 \begin_inset Index idx
14532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14533 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14538 following the rules of the document language
14542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14543 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14551 \begin_inset space ~
14555 \begin_inset space ~
14562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14573 \begin_layout Standard
14574 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14579 font and with unusual constructs, like
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14588 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14589 This is done with the menu
14591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14592 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14594 \begin_inset space ~
14600 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14601 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14604 \begin_layout Standard
14605 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14606 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14616 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14624 as a hyphenation possibility.
14625 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14626 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14627 as described in section
14628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14631 Prevent Hyphenation
14632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14642 \begin_layout Subsection
14644 \begin_inset Index idx
14647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14657 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14660 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14667 \begin_layout Standard
14668 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14669 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14670 LaTeX then adds the
14671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14674 appropriate amount of space
14675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14679 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14681 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14684 \begin_layout Standard
14685 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14686 not work in all cases.
14688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14699 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14700 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14703 \begin_layout Standard
14704 Here are some examples of
14708 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14711 \begin_layout Itemize
14716 \begin_layout Itemize
14721 \begin_layout Standard
14722 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14725 \begin_layout Itemize
14727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14731 this is too much space!
14734 \begin_layout Itemize
14739 \begin_layout Standard
14740 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14743 \begin_layout Standard
14744 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14747 \begin_layout Enumerate
14751 \begin_inset space ~
14756 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14757 \begin_inset space ~
14761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14763 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14768 \begin_inset Index idx
14771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14772 Spaces ! inter-word
14780 \begin_layout Enumerate
14784 \begin_inset space ~
14789 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14790 \begin_inset space ~
14794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14796 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14801 \begin_inset Index idx
14804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 \begin_layout Enumerate
14817 \begin_inset space ~
14821 \begin_inset space ~
14825 \begin_inset space ~
14832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14834 \begin_inset space ~
14839 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14840 This function is also bound to
14843 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14849 \begin_layout Standard
14850 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14853 \begin_layout Itemize
14855 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14859 \begin_inset space \space{}
14862 this is too much space!
14865 \begin_layout Itemize
14866 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14870 \begin_layout Standard
14871 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14872 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14873 will take care of this.
14876 \begin_layout Standard
14877 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14881 \begin_inset space ~
14886 feature described in section
14892 Additional Features
14897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14899 \begin_inset Index idx
14902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14903 Typography ! Quotes
14909 \begin_inset Index idx
14912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14943 \begin_layout Standard
14944 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14945 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14946 and use a closing quote at the end.
14948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14956 The keyboard character,
14960 , generates this automatically.
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14964 You can change the behavior of the
14968 key using the submenu
14974 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14978 \begin_inset Index idx
14981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14982 Document ! Settings
14990 \begin_layout Standard
14991 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14996 There are six choices:
14999 \begin_layout Labeling
15000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15012 Use quotes like this
15013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15021 \begin_inset Quotes els
15025 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15031 \begin_layout Labeling
15032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15035 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15039 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15045 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15049 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15053 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15059 \begin_layout Labeling
15060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15063 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15067 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15073 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15077 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15081 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15085 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15091 \begin_layout Labeling
15092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15095 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15099 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15105 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15109 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15113 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15117 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15123 \begin_layout Labeling
15124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15127 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15131 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15137 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15141 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15145 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15149 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15155 \begin_layout Labeling
15156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15159 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15163 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15169 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15173 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15177 \begin_inset Quotes als
15181 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15187 \begin_layout Standard
15188 These settings affect what character the
15195 \begin_layout Subsection
15197 \begin_inset Index idx
15200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15201 Typography ! Ligatures
15207 \begin_inset Index idx
15210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15241 name "sub:Ligatures"
15248 \begin_layout Standard
15249 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15250 print them as single characters.
15251 These groups are known as
15256 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15258 Here are the standard ligatures:
15261 \begin_layout Itemize
15265 \begin_layout Itemize
15269 \begin_layout Itemize
15273 \begin_layout Itemize
15277 \begin_layout Itemize
15281 \begin_layout Standard
15282 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15285 \begin_layout Standard
15286 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15287 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15295 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15311 To break a ligature, use
15313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15314 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15316 \begin_inset space ~
15323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15334 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15351 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15359 \begin_layout Subsection
15361 \begin_inset Index idx
15364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15373 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15380 \begin_layout Standard
15381 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15382 characters in different sizes and heights.
15383 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15384 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15404 \begin_inset Note Note
15407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15408 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15416 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15417 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15422 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15426 \begin_layout Description
15427 LyX The name of the game, write
15428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15449 \begin_layout Description
15450 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15472 \begin_layout Description
15473 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15495 \begin_layout Description
15496 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15518 \begin_layout Standard
15519 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15524 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15532 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15533 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15534 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15537 : The actual version is
15538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15545 , the previous one was
15546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15556 \begin_layout Standard
15557 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15562 \begin_inset space \space{}
15565 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15567 This will look in LyX like:
15568 \begin_inset Graphics
15569 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15575 \begin_inset Newline newline
15578 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15579 \begin_inset space ~
15583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15585 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15592 \begin_layout Subsection
15594 \begin_inset Index idx
15597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15606 \begin_layout Standard
15607 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15608 space between two words.
15609 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15619 for units use the menu
15621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15622 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15624 \begin_inset space ~
15632 arg "space-insert thin"
15638 \begin_layout Standard
15639 Here's an example to show the differences:
15642 \begin_layout Standard
15643 \begin_inset Tabular
15644 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15645 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15646 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15647 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15654 \begin_inset space ~
15658 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15670 space between number and unit
15677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15682 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15686 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15698 half space between number and unit
15711 \begin_layout Subsection
15713 \begin_inset Index idx
15716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15717 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15725 \begin_layout Standard
15726 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15728 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15729 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15730 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15731 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15732 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15733 These bits of text became known as
15744 \begin_layout Standard
15745 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15746 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15747 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15748 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15749 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15750 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15751 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15755 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15756 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15757 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15758 \begin_inset space ~
15762 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15764 key "latexcompanion"
15769 \begin_inset space ~
15773 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15779 ] may have more information.
15780 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15783 \begin_layout Chapter
15784 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15787 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15794 \begin_layout Standard
15795 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15800 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15803 \begin_layout Section
15805 \begin_inset Index idx
15808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15824 \begin_layout Standard
15825 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15828 \begin_layout Description
15830 \begin_inset space ~
15833 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15834 \begin_inset Newline newline
15838 \begin_inset Note Note
15841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15842 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15850 \begin_layout Description
15851 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15852 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15854 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15855 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15856 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15859 \begin_inset Newline newline
15863 \begin_inset Note Comment
15866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15867 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15875 \begin_layout Description
15877 \begin_inset space ~
15880 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15881 \begin_inset Newline newline
15885 \begin_inset Newline newline
15889 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15898 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15899 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15900 How this can be done is explained in the
15909 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15915 \begin_inset Newline newline
15919 \begin_inset Newline newline
15922 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15923 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15926 \begin_layout Standard
15927 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15939 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15942 \begin_layout Section
15944 \begin_inset Index idx
15947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15956 name "sec:Footnotes"
15963 \begin_layout Standard
15964 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15970 or the toolbar button
15973 arg "footnote-insert"
15985 \begin_inset Graphics
15986 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15995 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16024 label, the box will
16028 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16029 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16042 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16058 \begin_layout Standard
16059 Here's an example footnote:
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16068 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16076 \begin_layout Standard
16077 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16078 position where the footnote box is placed.
16079 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16080 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16081 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16082 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16083 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16088 ey are described in the
16095 \begin_layout Section
16097 \begin_inset Index idx
16100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16109 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16116 \begin_layout Standard
16117 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16118 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16122 \begin_inset space ~
16127 or the toolbar button
16130 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16156 appearing within your text.
16157 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16166 \begin_layout Standard
16167 At the side is an example marginal note.
16171 \begin_inset Marginal
16174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16175 This is a marginal note.
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16184 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16185 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16186 pages, right on odd pages.
16189 \begin_layout Section
16190 Graphics and Images
16191 \begin_inset Index idx
16194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16201 \begin_inset Index idx
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16213 name "sec:Graphics"
16220 \begin_layout Standard
16221 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16222 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16225 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16234 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16237 \begin_layout Standard
16238 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16243 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16244 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16246 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16247 \begin_inset space ~
16251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16253 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16260 \begin_layout Standard
16265 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16266 of the image in the output.
16267 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16271 \begin_inset space ~
16275 \begin_inset space ~
16284 \begin_inset space ~
16288 \begin_inset space ~
16292 \begin_inset space ~
16297 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16298 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16306 \begin_layout Standard
16309 LaTeX and LyX options
16311 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16312 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16316 \begin_inset space ~
16321 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16322 with the image size is printed.
16326 \begin_inset space ~
16330 \begin_inset space ~
16334 \begin_inset space ~
16339 is explained in the
16350 \begin_layout Standard
16351 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16352 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16354 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16358 \begin_layout Standard
16360 \begin_inset Graphics
16361 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16369 \begin_layout Standard
16370 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16371 the image into a float, see section
16372 \begin_inset space ~
16376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16378 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16385 \begin_layout Subsection
16387 \begin_inset Index idx
16390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16399 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16406 \begin_layout Standard
16407 You can insert images in any known file format.
16408 But as we explained in section
16409 \begin_inset space ~
16413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16415 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16419 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16420 LyX uses therefore the program
16424 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16425 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16426 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16427 \begin_inset space ~
16431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16433 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16440 \begin_layout Standard
16441 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16444 \begin_layout Description
16446 \begin_inset space ~
16449 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16450 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16451 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16455 Graphics Interchange Format
16456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16459 (GIF, file extension
16460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16472 \begin_inset Index idx
16475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16507 Portable Network Graphics
16508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16511 (PNG, file extension
16512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16524 \begin_inset Index idx
16527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16559 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16563 (JPG, file extension
16564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16588 \begin_inset Index idx
16591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16622 \begin_layout Description
16624 \begin_inset space ~
16627 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16629 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16630 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16631 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16632 \begin_inset Newline newline
16635 Scalable image formats can be
16636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16639 Scalable Vector Graphics
16640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16643 (SVG, file extension
16644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16656 \begin_inset Index idx
16659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16691 Encapsulated PostScript
16692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16695 (EPS, file extension
16696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16708 \begin_inset Index idx
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16743 Portable Document Format
16744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16747 (PDF, file extension
16748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16760 \begin_inset Index idx
16763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16770 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16771 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16772 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16786 \begin_layout Standard
16787 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16791 \begin_layout Subsection
16792 Grouping of Image Settings
16793 \begin_inset Index idx
16796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16797 Images ! Settings grouping
16805 \begin_layout Standard
16806 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16808 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16809 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16811 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16812 need to manually change each of them.
16816 \begin_layout Standard
16817 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16820 \begin_inset space ~
16825 field in the Graphics dialog.
16826 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16827 by checking the name of the desired group.
16830 \begin_layout Section
16832 \begin_inset Index idx
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16851 \begin_layout Standard
16852 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16855 arg "tabular-insert"
16860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16864 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16865 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16866 from the rest of the table.
16867 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16868 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16870 Here's an example table:
16873 \begin_layout Standard
16875 \begin_inset Tabular
16876 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16877 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 \begin_layout Subsection
17085 \begin_layout Standard
17086 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17087 brings up the table dialog.
17088 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17089 where the cursor is placed currently.
17090 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17091 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17092 done on all of your selection.
17095 \begin_layout Standard
17096 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17099 \begin_inset space ~
17104 helps you in setting table properties.
17105 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17108 \begin_layout Standard
17112 \begin_inset space ~
17117 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17118 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17119 current cell respectively.
17120 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17122 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17123 of text, see section
17124 \begin_inset space ~
17128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17130 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17137 \begin_layout Standard
17138 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17139 using the check box
17148 This will merge the cells to
17152 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17153 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17154 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17155 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17156 in the last row without the upper border:
17159 \begin_layout Standard
17161 \begin_inset Tabular
17162 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17163 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17165 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17178 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17187 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 \begin_layout Standard
17299 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17300 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17301 explained in the tables section of the
17304 \begin_inset space ~
17310 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17314 degrees counterclockwise.
17315 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17318 \begin_layout Standard
17319 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17327 Most DVI-viewers are
17331 able to display rotations.
17339 \begin_layout Standard
17344 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17349 adds lines for all cell borders.
17352 \begin_layout Subsection
17354 \begin_inset Index idx
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17358 Tables ! Longtables
17364 \begin_inset Index idx
17367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 \begin_layout Standard
17377 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17380 \begin_inset space ~
17384 \begin_inset space ~
17393 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17394 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17397 \begin_layout Description
17402 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17403 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17404 except for the first page, if
17407 \begin_inset space ~
17415 \begin_layout Description
17419 \begin_inset space ~
17424 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17425 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17428 \begin_layout Description
17433 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17434 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17435 except for the last page, if
17438 \begin_inset space ~
17446 \begin_layout Description
17450 \begin_inset space ~
17455 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17456 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17459 \begin_layout Description
17460 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17461 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17467 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17470 \begin_inset space ~
17478 \begin_layout Standard
17479 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17480 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17481 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17482 The others will then be defined as
17487 In this context, first means first in this order:
17490 \begin_inset space ~
17502 \begin_inset space ~
17508 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17511 \begin_layout Standard
17513 \begin_inset Tabular
17514 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17515 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17516 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17517 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17518 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17519 <row endfirsthead="true">
17520 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17531 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17550 <row endfirsthead="true">
17551 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <row endhead="true">
17584 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17614 <row endhead="true">
17615 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <row endfoot="true">
17648 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19227 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19258 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19599 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 <row endlastfoot="true">
19630 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19641 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19650 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19667 \begin_layout Subsection
19669 \begin_inset Index idx
19672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19679 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19681 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19688 \begin_layout Standard
19689 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19690 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19691 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19692 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19696 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19697 for the cell's paragraph.
19700 \begin_layout Standard
19701 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19702 for the column in the table dialog.
19703 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19704 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19708 \begin_layout Standard
19710 \begin_inset Tabular
19711 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19712 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19714 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19715 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19860 This is longer now.
19865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19916 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19917 This is longer now.
19922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19948 \begin_layout Standard
19949 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19950 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19956 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19962 Selection with the mouse or with
19966 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19967 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19968 the selection from outside the table.
19971 \begin_layout Section
19973 \begin_inset Index idx
19976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19992 \begin_layout Standard
19993 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19994 have a fixed location.
19996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20003 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20011 \begin_inset space ~
20016 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20017 too many notes on the page.
20020 \begin_layout Standard
20021 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20022 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20023 and pages without text.
20024 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20025 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20026 Floats are therefore numbered.
20027 Referencing is described in section
20028 \begin_inset space ~
20032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20034 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20041 \begin_layout Standard
20042 To insert a float, use the menu
20044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20048 A box with a caption that has e.
20049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20053 \begin_inset space \space{}
20057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20061 \begin_inset space ~
20065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20068 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20069 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20071 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20072 \begin_inset Index idx
20075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20082 paragraph within the float.
20083 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20084 by left-clicking on the box label.
20085 A closed float box looks like this:
20086 \begin_inset Graphics
20087 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20092 – a gray button with a red label.
20095 \begin_layout Standard
20096 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20097 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20100 \begin_layout Subsection
20104 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20106 \begin_inset Index idx
20109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20110 Floats ! Figure floats
20116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20118 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20125 \begin_layout Standard
20128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20129 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20132 inserts a float with the label
20133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20139 \begin_inset space ~
20145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20149 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20150 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20151 This is what we did for Figure
20152 \begin_inset space ~
20156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20158 reference "cap:Platypus"
20163 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20164 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20165 This was done in Figure
20166 \begin_inset space ~
20170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20172 reference "cap:Escher"
20179 \begin_layout Standard
20180 \begin_inset Float figure
20185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 \begin_inset Graphics
20188 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20197 \begin_inset Caption
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20202 name "cap:Platypus"
20206 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20219 \begin_layout Standard
20220 \begin_inset Float figure
20225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20226 \begin_inset Caption
20228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20246 \begin_inset Graphics
20247 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20260 \begin_layout Standard
20261 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20263 As described in section
20264 \begin_inset space ~
20268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20270 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20274 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20279 and refer to it using the menu
20281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20285 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20294 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20306 \begin_layout Standard
20307 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20308 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20309 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20310 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20312 \begin_inset space ~
20316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20318 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20322 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20323 You can also set the images one below the other.
20325 \begin_inset space ~
20329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20331 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20338 reference "fig:Platypus"
20342 are the subfigures.
20345 \begin_layout Standard
20346 \begin_inset Float figure
20351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20352 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20356 \begin_inset Float figure
20361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20362 \begin_inset Caption
20364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20367 name "fig:Undefinable"
20379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 \begin_inset Graphics
20381 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20392 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20396 \begin_inset Float figure
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20402 \begin_inset Caption
20404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20407 name "fig:Platypus"
20419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20420 \begin_inset Graphics
20421 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20433 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20440 \begin_inset Caption
20442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20445 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20449 Two distorted images.
20462 \begin_layout Standard
20463 Note that the caption is added to the
20466 \begin_inset space ~
20470 \begin_inset space ~
20475 as described in section
20476 \begin_inset space ~
20480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20482 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20491 \begin_inset Index idx
20494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20495 Floats ! Table floats
20503 \begin_layout Standard
20504 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20506 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20507 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20511 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20514 \begin_inset space ~
20518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20520 reference "cap:Table-float"
20524 is an example of a table float.
20527 \begin_layout Standard
20528 \begin_inset Float table
20533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20534 \begin_inset Caption
20536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20539 name "cap:Table-float"
20551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20553 \begin_inset Tabular
20554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20555 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20685 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20706 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20709 \end{array}\right]$
20717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20730 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20753 \begin_inset Index idx
20756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20757 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20765 \begin_layout Standard
20766 This float type is inserted with the menu
20768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20769 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20773 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20774 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20778 , described in section
20779 \begin_inset space ~
20783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20785 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20792 \begin_layout Standard
20793 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20801 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20807 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20810 \begin_layout Standard
20815 floatname{algorithm}{your
20816 \begin_inset space ~
20822 \begin_layout Standard
20823 to the document preamble (menu
20825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20832 \begin_inset space ~
20838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20854 \begin_inset Index idx
20857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20858 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20866 \begin_layout Standard
20867 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20875 \begin_inset Graphics
20876 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20885 \begin_inset Caption
20887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20890 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20894 This is a wrapped figure.
20895 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20908 This float type is used if you want to
20909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20916 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20918 It can be inserted using the menu
20920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20921 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20923 \begin_inset space ~
20928 if the LaTeX-package
20933 \begin_inset Index idx
20936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20937 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20947 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20950 \begin_inset space ~
20960 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20963 \begin_inset space ~
20967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20969 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20973 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20974 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20982 Available units are explained in Appendix
20983 \begin_inset space ~
20987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20989 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20998 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21002 \begin_layout Standard
21003 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21011 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21016 \begin_inset space \space{}
21019 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21020 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21029 \begin_layout Itemize
21030 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21031 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21032 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21033 page breaks will appear.
21036 \begin_layout Itemize
21037 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21038 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21041 \begin_layout Itemize
21042 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21043 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21046 \begin_layout Itemize
21047 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21050 \begin_layout Subsection
21052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21054 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21059 \begin_inset Index idx
21062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21071 \begin_layout Standard
21072 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21073 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21077 \begin_inset space ~
21085 \begin_layout Standard
21086 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21087 have a multicolumn document).
21088 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21091 \begin_inset space ~
21097 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21098 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21105 \begin_layout Standard
21106 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21107 format is also the same: Table
21108 \begin_inset space ~
21112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21114 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21118 is an example of a rotated table float.
21121 \begin_layout Standard
21122 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21130 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21138 \begin_layout Standard
21139 \begin_inset Float table
21144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21145 \begin_inset Caption
21147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21150 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21164 \begin_inset Tabular
21165 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21166 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21231 \begin_layout Subsection
21233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21235 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21240 \begin_inset Index idx
21243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21252 \begin_layout Standard
21253 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21254 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21255 \begin_inset Newline newline
21261 \begin_inset space ~
21266 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21267 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21268 \begin_inset Newline newline
21274 \begin_inset space ~
21279 is used to rotate floats, see section
21280 \begin_inset space ~
21284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21286 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21293 \begin_layout Standard
21294 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21295 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21298 \begin_inset space ~
21302 \begin_inset space ~
21310 \begin_layout Description
21312 \begin_inset space ~
21316 \begin_inset space ~
21319 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21322 \begin_layout Description
21324 \begin_inset space ~
21328 \begin_inset space ~
21331 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21334 \begin_layout Description
21336 \begin_inset space ~
21340 \begin_inset space ~
21343 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21346 \begin_layout Description
21348 \begin_inset space ~
21352 \begin_inset space ~
21355 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21358 \begin_layout Standard
21359 The order of the above option is
21364 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21368 \begin_inset space ~
21372 \begin_inset space ~
21380 \begin_inset space ~
21384 \begin_inset space ~
21389 , and then the others.
21390 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21392 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21393 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21396 \begin_layout Standard
21397 By default, each option has its own rules:
21400 \begin_layout Standard
21404 \begin_inset space ~
21408 \begin_inset space ~
21413 only floats occupying less than 70
21414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21417 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21420 \begin_layout Standard
21424 \begin_inset space ~
21428 \begin_inset space ~
21433 : only floats occupying less than 30
21434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21437 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21440 \begin_layout Standard
21444 \begin_inset space ~
21448 \begin_inset space ~
21453 : only if more than 50
21454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21457 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21461 \begin_layout Standard
21462 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21466 \begin_inset space ~
21470 \begin_inset space ~
21478 \begin_layout Standard
21479 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21480 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21481 For this case you can use the option
21484 \begin_inset space ~
21490 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21492 Because the float is then no longer able to
21493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21500 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21503 \begin_layout Standard
21504 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21505 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21508 \begin_layout Standard
21509 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21511 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21513 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21520 \begin_layout Section
21522 \begin_inset Index idx
21525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21534 name "sec:Minipages"
21541 \begin_layout Standard
21542 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21544 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21545 \begin_inset space ~
21552 \begin_layout Standard
21553 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21559 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21560 and its alignment within the page.
21563 \begin_layout Standard
21565 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21575 height_special "totalheight"
21578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21581 This is a minipage.
21582 The text is set in an italic style.
21585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21588 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21589 another formatting.
21597 \begin_layout Standard
21598 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21601 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21605 as described in section
21606 \begin_inset space ~
21610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21612 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21617 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21623 \begin_layout Standard
21624 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21634 height_special "totalheight"
21637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21638 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21639 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21645 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21649 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21659 height_special "totalheight"
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21663 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21664 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21672 \begin_layout Standard
21673 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21679 \begin_layout Standard
21680 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21681 to other box types.
21682 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21693 \begin_layout Chapter
21694 Mathematical Formulas
21695 \begin_inset Index idx
21698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21705 \begin_inset Index idx
21708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21739 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21746 \begin_layout Standard
21747 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21752 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21755 \begin_layout Section
21757 \begin_inset Index idx
21760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21769 \begin_layout Standard
21770 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21777 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21779 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21780 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21781 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21783 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21789 \begin_layout Standard
21790 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21794 \begin_inset space ~
21799 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21802 \begin_layout Standard
21803 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21804 line, like this one:
21807 \begin_layout Standard
21808 This is a line with an inline formula
21809 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21815 \begin_layout Standard
21816 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21818 \begin_inset Formula
21825 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21828 \begin_layout Standard
21829 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21835 \begin_inset space \space{}
21839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21852 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21853 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21857 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21860 \begin_inset space ~
21868 \begin_layout Subsection
21869 Navigating in Formulas
21870 \begin_inset Index idx
21873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21882 \begin_layout Standard
21883 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21884 achieved with the arrow keys.
21885 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21886 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21891 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21892 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21896 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21900 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21903 \end{array}\right]$
21911 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21916 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21917 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21920 \begin_layout Standard
21925 , printed in this document as
21926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21947 \begin_inset Note Note
21950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21951 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21952 space character (visible space).
21957 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21958 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21959 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21964 For example, if you want
21965 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22019 , since in the latter case only the
22022 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22027 will be under the square root sign:
22028 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22034 \begin_layout Standard
22035 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22037 \begin_inset Formula
22039 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22048 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22049 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22052 \begin_layout Subsection
22056 \begin_layout Standard
22057 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22058 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22062 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22063 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22064 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22065 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22066 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22069 \begin_layout Subsection
22070 Exponents and Subscripts
22071 \begin_inset Index idx
22074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22081 \begin_inset Index idx
22084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22093 \begin_layout Standard
22094 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22095 way is to use a command.
22097 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22100 , type in a formula
22106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22122 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22128 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22132 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22162 , you have to use an extra
22166 to separate the hat and the character.
22168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22172 \begin_inset space \space{}
22176 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22197 Subscripts are similar: To get
22198 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22221 \begin_layout Subsection
22223 \begin_inset Index idx
22226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 \begin_layout Standard
22236 Create a fraction with either the command
22243 \begin_inset Graphics
22244 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22252 \begin_inset space ~
22258 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22259 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22260 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22265 To move back up, press
22270 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22271 \begin_inset Formula
22273 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22276 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22284 \begin_layout Subsection
22286 \begin_inset Index idx
22289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22298 \begin_layout Standard
22299 Roots can be created using the
22302 \begin_inset space ~
22308 \begin_inset Graphics
22309 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22311 groupId toolbarbuttons
22334 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22340 produces always a square root.
22343 \begin_layout Subsection
22344 Operators with Limits
22345 \begin_inset Index idx
22348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22355 \begin_inset Index idx
22358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22367 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22374 \begin_layout Standard
22376 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22380 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22383 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22384 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22385 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22386 The sum operator will automatically place its
22387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22394 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22397 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22401 \begin_inset Formula
22403 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22408 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22412 \begin_layout Standard
22413 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22415 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22416 behind the operator and hitting
22424 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22425 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22427 \begin_inset space ~
22431 \begin_inset space ~
22439 \begin_layout Standard
22440 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22448 feature as addition, such as
22449 \begin_inset Index idx
22452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22459 \begin_inset Formula
22461 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22466 which will place the
22467 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22479 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22480 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22486 \begin_layout Standard
22487 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22494 Have a look at section
22495 \begin_inset space ~
22499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22501 reference "sub:Functions"
22505 for an explanation of function macros.
22508 \begin_layout Subsection
22510 \begin_inset Index idx
22513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22522 \begin_layout Standard
22523 Most math symbols can be found in the
22526 \begin_inset space ~
22531 under one of several categories; including
22548 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22552 \begin_layout Standard
22553 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22554 you don't have to use the
22557 \begin_inset space ~
22562 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22563 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22566 \begin_layout Subsection
22568 \begin_inset Index idx
22571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22580 \begin_layout Standard
22581 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22586 arg "space-insert protected"
22592 \begin_inset space ~
22598 \begin_inset Graphics
22599 filename ../images/math/space.png
22601 groupId toolbarbuttons
22606 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22607 For example, the sequence
22612 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22616 \begin_inset Graphics
22617 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22622 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22623 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22624 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22625 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22627 Here are two examples:
22630 \begin_layout Standard
22640 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22646 \begin_layout Standard
22656 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22662 \begin_layout Subsection
22664 \begin_inset Index idx
22667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22676 name "sub:Functions"
22683 \begin_layout Standard
22687 \begin_inset space ~
22692 contains under the button
22693 \begin_inset Graphics
22694 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22696 groupId toolbarbuttons
22700 a number of function macros, such as
22701 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22705 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22713 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22720 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22721 avoid confusions, because
22722 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22726 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22732 \begin_layout Standard
22733 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22735 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22739 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22745 \begin_layout Standard
22746 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22747 s are placed, as described in section
22748 \begin_inset space ~
22752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22754 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22761 \begin_layout Subsection
22763 \begin_inset Index idx
22766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22775 \begin_layout Standard
22776 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22778 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22779 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22784 \begin_inset space \space{}
22788 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22791 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22792 Our example is entered by typing
22800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22813 \begin_inset space ~
22817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22819 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22823 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22826 \begin_layout Standard
22827 \begin_inset Float table
22832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22833 \begin_inset Caption
22835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22838 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22842 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22852 \begin_inset Tabular
22853 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22854 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22941 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22995 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23049 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23103 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23157 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23211 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23265 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23319 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23373 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23418 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23439 \begin_layout Standard
23440 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23443 \begin_inset space ~
23449 \begin_inset Graphics
23450 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23452 groupId toolbarbuttons
23456 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23460 \begin_layout Section
23461 Brackets and Delimiters
23462 \begin_inset Index idx
23465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23472 \begin_inset Index idx
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23484 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23491 \begin_layout Standard
23492 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23493 For most purposes, using just the keys
23498 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23499 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23500 toolbar delimiter icon
23503 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23507 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23509 \begin_inset Formula
23511 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23519 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23520 \begin_inset Formula
23522 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23530 \begin_layout Standard
23531 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23532 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23535 \begin_layout Standard
23536 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23537 left side and right side.
23538 If you use the option
23541 \begin_inset space ~
23546 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23547 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23548 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23549 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23552 \begin_layout Standard
23553 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23554 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23555 inside the brackets.
23556 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23561 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23564 \begin_layout Section
23565 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23566 \begin_inset Index idx
23569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23576 \begin_inset Index idx
23579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23586 \begin_inset Index idx
23589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23590 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23598 \begin_layout Standard
23599 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23602 \begin_inset space ~
23608 \begin_inset Graphics
23609 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23611 groupId toolbarbuttons
23616 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23617 Here is an example:
23618 \begin_inset Formula
23620 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23629 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23630 \begin_inset space ~
23634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23636 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23641 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23642 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23643 This alignment is set in the box
23648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23696 for every column as default.
23697 For example, the sequence
23698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23709 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23710 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23711 corresponds to the relevant column.
23712 The result will look like this:
23713 \begin_inset Formula
23716 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23717 column & has & has\, right\\
23718 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23727 \begin_layout Standard
23728 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23731 arg "newline-insert newline"
23734 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23735 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23737 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23740 or the math toolbar.
23743 \begin_layout Standard
23744 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23745 It can be created with the menu
23747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23748 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23750 \begin_inset space ~
23762 Here is an example:
23763 \begin_inset Formula
23777 \begin_layout Standard
23778 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23781 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23784 arg "newline-insert newline"
23788 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23793 arg "newline-insert newline"
23796 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23804 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23805 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23806 A new row is created by every further hit of
23809 arg "newline-insert newline"
23813 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23814 Here is an example:
23815 \begin_inset Formula
23817 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23818 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23823 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23824 where you want to start the shift and hit
23829 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23830 position to the next column.
23831 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23832 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23833 \begin_inset Formula
23835 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23843 \begin_layout Standard
23844 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23851 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23852 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23855 reference "eq:asquared"
23860 The other types are described in section
23861 \begin_inset space ~
23865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23867 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23874 \begin_layout Section
23875 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23876 \begin_inset Index idx
23879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23880 Math ! Formula numbering
23886 \begin_inset Index idx
23889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23890 Math ! Referencing formulas
23896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23898 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23905 \begin_layout Standard
23906 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23908 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23909 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23911 \begin_inset space ~
23919 arg "math-number-toggle"
23923 The formula number appears in LyX as
23924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23931 within parentheses.
23933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23940 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23942 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23943 the document class.
23944 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23945 separated by a dot:
23946 \begin_inset Formula
23956 arg "math-number-toggle"
23959 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23960 You can only number displayed formulas.
23963 \begin_layout Standard
23964 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23966 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23967 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23969 \begin_inset space ~
23973 \begin_inset space ~
23977 \begin_inset space ~
23985 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23988 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23989 \begin_inset Formula
23992 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23998 To number all lines use the shortcut
24001 arg "math-number-toggle"
24007 \begin_layout Standard
24008 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24011 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24012 A label is inserted with the menu
24014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24017 when the cursor is in the formula.
24018 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24019 It is recommended to use the proposed
24020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24031 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24032 type when you have many labels in your document.
24033 We inserted in the following example the label
24034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24041 in the second line:
24042 \begin_inset Formula
24044 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24045 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24050 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24051 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24061 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24063 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24065 \begin_inset space ~
24071 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24072 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24073 as the formula number:
24076 \begin_layout Standard
24077 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24080 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24087 \begin_layout Standard
24088 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24089 \begin_inset space ~
24093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24095 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24100 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24106 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24111 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24119 \begin_layout Section
24120 User defined math macros
24121 \begin_inset Index idx
24124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24133 \begin_layout Standard
24134 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24135 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24136 Math macros are explained in section
24139 \begin_inset space ~
24151 \begin_layout Section
24155 \begin_layout Subsection
24157 \begin_inset Index idx
24160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24169 \begin_layout Standard
24170 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24171 To set a font in a formula, use the
24174 \begin_inset space ~
24180 \begin_inset Graphics
24181 filename ../images/math/font.png
24183 groupId toolbarbuttons
24187 , or enter its command, listed in table
24188 \begin_inset space ~
24192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24194 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24201 \begin_layout Standard
24202 \begin_inset Float table
24207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24208 \begin_inset Caption
24210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24213 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24217 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24227 \begin_inset Tabular
24228 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24229 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24231 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24263 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24290 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24317 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24350 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24377 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24404 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24438 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24465 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24499 \begin_layout Standard
24500 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24508 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24524 \begin_layout Standard
24525 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24526 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24531 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24532 space when you need a space in the box.
24533 Here an example where
24534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24545 denotes the set of numbers:
24546 \begin_inset Formula
24548 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24556 \begin_layout Standard
24557 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24563 \begin_inset space \space{}
24575 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24579 \begin_inset Newline newline
24582 So it is better not to use this feature.
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24586 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24587 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24591 \begin_inset Newline newline
24594 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24600 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24601 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24607 \begin_layout Standard
24614 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24617 \begin_layout Standard
24618 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24620 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24621 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24623 \begin_inset space ~
24631 \begin_layout Subsection
24633 \begin_inset Index idx
24636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24645 \begin_layout Standard
24646 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24648 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24652 \begin_inset space ~
24656 \begin_inset space ~
24664 \begin_inset space ~
24670 \begin_inset Graphics
24671 filename ../images/math/font.png
24673 groupId toolbarbuttons
24684 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24685 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24686 Here is an example:
24687 \begin_inset Formula
24690 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24691 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24700 \begin_layout Subsection
24702 \begin_inset Index idx
24705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24714 \begin_layout Standard
24715 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24716 automatically chosen in most situations.
24734 For most characters,
24742 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24743 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24748 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24749 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24751 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24752 \begin_inset Graphics
24753 filename ../images/math/style.png
24755 groupId toolbarbuttons
24760 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24761 For example, you can set
24762 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24765 , which is normally in
24774 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24778 The four styles are used in the following example:
24781 \begin_layout Standard
24782 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24786 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24790 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24794 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24800 \begin_layout Standard
24801 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24802 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24804 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24806 \begin_inset space ~
24811 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24812 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24813 will be adjusted to correspond.
24814 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24825 \begin_layout Standard
24829 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24835 \begin_layout Section
24839 \begin_layout Standard
24840 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24841 the document classes and into layout modules.
24842 \begin_inset Index idx
24845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24851 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24852 other than the AMS classes.
24854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24856 reference "sub:Modules"
24860 for more on layout modules.
24863 \begin_layout Section
24865 \begin_inset Index idx
24868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24875 \begin_inset Index idx
24878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24887 \begin_layout Standard
24888 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24889 (AMS) that are in common use.
24892 \begin_layout Subsection
24893 Enabling AMS-Support
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24897 Selecting the checkbox
24900 \begin_inset space ~
24904 \begin_inset space ~
24908 \begin_inset space ~
24915 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24919 \begin_inset Index idx
24922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24923 Document ! Settings
24931 \begin_inset space ~
24936 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24938 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24939 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24942 \begin_layout Subsection
24944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24946 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24951 \begin_inset Index idx
24954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24955 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24963 \begin_layout Standard
24964 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24965 LyX allows you to choose between
24986 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24989 \begin_layout Chapter
24993 \begin_layout Section
24995 \begin_inset Index idx
24998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25007 name "sec:Cross-References"
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25015 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25016 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25018 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25019 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25020 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25023 \begin_layout Enumerate
25027 \begin_layout Enumerate
25028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25030 name "enu:Second-item"
25037 \begin_layout Enumerate
25041 \begin_layout Standard
25042 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25047 or by pressing the toolbar button
25054 A grey label box like this:
25055 \begin_inset Graphics
25056 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25061 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25062 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25097 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25102 \begin_inset space \space{}
25105 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25120 \begin_layout Standard
25121 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25126 or the toolbar button
25129 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25133 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25134 \begin_inset Graphics
25135 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25140 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25142 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25155 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25159 \begin_layout Standard
25162 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25165 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25170 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25171 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25173 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25179 \begin_layout Standard
25180 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25181 \begin_inset space ~
25185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25187 reference "enu:Second-item"
25194 \begin_layout Standard
25195 It is recommended to use a protected space
25199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25200 described in section
25201 \begin_inset space ~
25205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25207 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25216 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25220 \begin_layout Standard
25221 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25224 \begin_layout Description
25225 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25228 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25235 \begin_layout Description
25236 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25237 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25249 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25256 \begin_layout Description
25257 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25258 \begin_inset space ~
25262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25263 LatexCommand pageref
25264 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25271 \begin_layout Description
25273 \begin_inset space ~
25277 \begin_inset space ~
25280 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25282 LatexCommand vpageref
25283 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25290 \begin_layout Description
25292 \begin_inset space ~
25296 \begin_inset space ~
25300 \begin_inset space ~
25303 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25306 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25313 \begin_layout Description
25315 \begin_inset space ~
25318 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25319 \begin_inset Newline newline
25323 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25331 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25340 \begin_inset Index idx
25343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25344 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25350 \begin_inset Index idx
25353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25354 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25367 \begin_layout Description
25369 \begin_inset space ~
25372 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25374 LatexCommand nameref
25375 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25382 \begin_layout Standard
25387 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25394 \begin_inset space \space{}
25398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25412 <reference> on page <page>
25414 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25417 \begin_layout Standard
25418 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25419 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25420 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25424 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25428 \begin_layout Standard
25429 You can only use the style
25433 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25437 is always possible.
25440 \begin_layout Standard
25441 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25442 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25444 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25445 \begin_inset space ~
25449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25451 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25458 \begin_layout Standard
25459 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25463 \begin_inset space ~
25467 \begin_inset space ~
25472 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25473 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25476 \begin_inset space ~
25481 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25482 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25485 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25491 \begin_layout Standard
25492 You can change labels at any time.
25493 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25494 do not need to take care about this.
25497 \begin_layout Standard
25498 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25499 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25502 \begin_layout Standard
25503 References are described in detail in sec.
25504 \begin_inset space ~
25508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25522 \begin_layout Section
25523 Table of Contents and other Listings
25524 \begin_inset Index idx
25527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25534 \begin_inset Index idx
25537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25553 \begin_layout Subsection
25555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25557 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25564 \begin_layout Standard
25565 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25568 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25570 \begin_inset space ~
25574 \begin_inset space ~
25580 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25581 If you click on it, the
25585 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25586 sections in your documents.
25587 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25592 that is described in sec.
25593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25599 reference "sec:Navigating"
25606 \begin_layout Standard
25607 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25608 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25610 \begin_inset space ~
25614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25616 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25620 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25622 \begin_inset space ~
25626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25628 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25632 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25634 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25637 \begin_layout Subsection
25638 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25639 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25641 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25648 \begin_layout Standard
25649 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25650 You can insert them via the
25652 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25654 \begin_inset space ~
25658 \begin_inset space ~
25664 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25667 \begin_layout Section
25668 URLs and Hyperlinks
25669 \begin_inset Index idx
25672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25679 \begin_inset Index idx
25682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25691 \begin_layout Subsection
25693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25703 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25705 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25712 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25713 \begin_inset Flex URL
25716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25726 \begin_layout Standard
25727 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25733 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25737 \begin_layout Standard
25738 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25746 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25754 \begin_layout Subsection
25756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25758 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25765 \begin_layout Standard
25766 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25771 or with the toolbar button
25778 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25787 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25788 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25789 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25791 name "LyX's homepage"
25792 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25796 , an Email address like this:
25797 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25799 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25800 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25805 , or a link to a file.
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25809 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25822 to the link target.
25825 \begin_layout Standard
25826 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25827 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25828 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25829 the text style dialog.
25830 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25834 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25836 name "LyX's homepage"
25837 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25844 \begin_layout Standard
25845 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25849 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25851 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25852 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25856 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25858 \begin_inset Newline newline
25866 \begin_inset Newline newline
25873 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25876 \begin_layout Section
25878 \begin_inset Index idx
25881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25890 name "sec:Appendices"
25897 \begin_layout Standard
25898 Appendices are created with the menu
25900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25902 \begin_inset space ~
25906 \begin_inset space ~
25912 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25913 as the appendix region.
25914 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25917 \begin_layout Standard
25918 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25919 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25920 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25921 and the subsection number.
25922 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25926 \begin_layout Standard
25928 \begin_inset space ~
25932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25934 reference "cha:Credits"
25939 \begin_inset space ~
25943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25945 reference "sub:Export"
25952 \begin_layout Section
25954 \begin_inset Index idx
25957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25966 name "sec:Bibliography"
25973 \begin_layout Standard
25974 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25975 You can include a bibliography database,
25979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25980 Known under the name
25981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25993 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25994 manually, using the paragraph environment
25998 , which was described in section
25999 \begin_inset space ~
26003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26005 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26010 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26011 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26015 use a bibliography database.
26018 \begin_layout Subsection
26019 The Bibliography Environment
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26027 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26029 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26038 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26040 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26049 , a short form of its title, as key.
26052 \begin_layout Standard
26053 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26055 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26058 or the toolbar button
26061 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26065 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26066 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26067 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26068 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26073 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26074 entry with surrounding brackets.
26079 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26080 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26092 \begin_layout Standard
26095 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26098 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26100 key "latexcompanion"
26107 \begin_layout Standard
26108 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26109 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26118 \begin_layout Subsection
26119 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26120 \begin_inset Index idx
26123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26124 Bibliography ! Databases
26130 \begin_inset Index idx
26133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26134 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26142 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26149 \begin_layout Standard
26150 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26156 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26158 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26159 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26164 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26166 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26167 your working field in a database.
26168 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26169 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26171 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26175 \begin_layout Standard
26176 The database is a text file with the file extension
26177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26188 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26189 The format is explained in
26190 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26196 and in LaTeX books (
26197 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26199 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26204 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26205 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26206 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26207 \begin_inset Flex URL
26210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26212 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26221 To use a database, use the menu
26223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26228 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26241 \begin_inset space ~
26247 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26248 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26251 Add bibliography to TOC
26253 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26258 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26259 in the document or just the cited references.
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26263 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26275 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26276 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26277 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26279 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26285 For information how this is done, have a look at
26286 \begin_inset Newline newline
26290 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26292 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26304 \begin_layout Standard
26305 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26309 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26310 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26313 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26341 \begin_inset space ~
26347 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26353 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26362 \begin_layout Standard
26363 When you select the option
26365 Sectioned bibliography
26369 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26372 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26373 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26375 Customizing Bibliographies
26383 Additional Features
26388 \begin_layout Standard
26389 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26390 the two methods of creating them.
26391 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26392 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26393 We used the style file
26397 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26400 \begin_layout Subsection
26401 Bibliography layout
26402 \begin_inset Index idx
26405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26406 Bibliography ! Layout
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26415 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26416 For this feature you need to enable the option
26422 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26426 \begin_inset Index idx
26429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26430 Document ! Settings
26440 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26441 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26442 in the previous section.
26445 \begin_layout Standard
26446 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26447 in the citation reference window.
26448 Here an example where we set the text
26449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26453 \begin_inset space ~
26457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26460 to appear after the reference:
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26465 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26468 key "latexcompanion"
26475 \begin_layout Section
26477 \begin_inset Index idx
26480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26497 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26501 \begin_inset space ~
26506 or the toolbar button
26514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26525 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26526 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26527 by LyX as the index entry.
26530 \begin_layout Standard
26531 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26532 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26534 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26536 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26543 \begin_layout Standard
26544 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26548 \begin_inset space ~
26552 \begin_inset space ~
26555 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26557 \begin_inset space ~
26563 A light blue box labeled
26564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26575 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26576 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26579 \begin_layout Subsection
26580 Grouping Index Entries
26581 \begin_inset Index idx
26584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26593 \begin_layout Standard
26594 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26596 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26597 lists under the entry
26598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26606 First we create the entry
26607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26615 \begin_inset space ~
26619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26621 reference "sub:Lists"
26626 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26627 \begin_inset space ~
26631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26633 reference "sec:Itemize"
26637 , we insert the command
26640 \begin_layout Standard
26646 \begin_layout Standard
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26656 \begin_layout Standard
26657 for the enumerated list in section
26658 \begin_inset space ~
26662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26664 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26671 \begin_layout Standard
26672 The exclamation mark
26673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26680 marks the grouping levels.
26681 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26682 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26683 If we don't have an index entry for
26684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26691 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26694 \begin_layout Subsection
26696 \begin_inset Index idx
26699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26700 Index ! Page ranges
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26709 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26711 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26712 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26714 \begin_inset space ~
26718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26720 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26727 \begin_layout Standard
26730 Paragraph environments|(
26733 \begin_layout Standard
26734 and another entry at the end of section
26735 \begin_inset space ~
26739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26741 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26748 \begin_layout Standard
26751 Paragraph environments|)
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26779 respectively start and end the index range.
26780 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26781 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26782 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26783 An example is the index entry
26784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26787 Document ! Settings
26788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26794 \begin_layout Subsection
26796 \begin_inset Index idx
26799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26800 Index ! Cross referencing
26808 \begin_layout Standard
26809 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26810 We referred for example in the index entry
26811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26819 \begin_inset space ~
26823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26825 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26829 ) to the index entry
26830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26837 in the same section using the entry
26840 \begin_layout Standard
26843 GIF|see{Image formats}
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26847 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26848 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26849 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26852 \begin_layout Subsection
26854 \begin_inset Index idx
26857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26858 Index ! Entry order
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26867 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26868 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26869 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26874 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26876 \begin_inset space ~
26880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26882 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26891 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26892 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26917 \begin_inset Index idx
26920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26921 Dummy entries ! maïs
26927 \begin_inset Index idx
26930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26931 Dummy entries ! maître
26937 \begin_inset Index idx
26940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26941 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26946 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26947 order maïs, maison, maître.
26948 To achieve this, we use the command
26951 \begin_layout Standard
26954 previous entry@current entry
26957 \begin_layout Standard
26958 In our case we want to have
26959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26974 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26977 \begin_layout Standard
26983 \begin_layout Standard
26984 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26985 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26989 \begin_layout Standard
26990 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26996 \begin_layout Standard
26997 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27002 to generate the index (see sec.
27003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27009 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27018 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27026 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27030 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27031 index commands start with
27032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27044 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27049 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27052 \begin_layout Standard
27064 \begin_layout Standard
27076 \begin_layout Subsection
27078 \begin_inset Index idx
27081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27082 Index ! Entry layout
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27091 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27092 \begin_inset Index idx
27095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27098 This is an italic dummy entry
27103 You can also format the page number using the character
27104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27111 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27112 We can write for example
27115 \begin_layout Standard
27118 italic page number:|textit
27121 \begin_layout Standard
27122 to get the page number in italic.
27123 \begin_inset Index idx
27126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27127 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27132 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27150 \begin_inset space ~
27156 Have a look at section
27157 \begin_inset space ~
27161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27163 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27167 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27170 \begin_layout Standard
27171 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27179 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27183 to generate the index, see sec.
27184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27190 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27199 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27200 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27201 they can be used, see
27202 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27205 key "latexcompanion"
27217 \begin_layout Standard
27218 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27220 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27221 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27222 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27223 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27224 If so, put the following in the preamble
27227 \begin_layout Standard
27239 \begin_layout Standard
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27249 \begin_layout Standard
27250 in the index entry.
27251 \begin_inset Index idx
27254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27255 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27260 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27261 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27262 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27265 \begin_layout Standard
27266 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27272 \begin_inset space \space{}
27275 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27276 for all index entries.
27277 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27289 documentation for details,
27290 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27292 key "makeindex,xindy"
27299 \begin_layout Subsection
27301 \begin_inset Index idx
27304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27313 name "sub:Index-Program"
27320 \begin_layout Standard
27321 If the index entry program
27325 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27329 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27338 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27339 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27340 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27341 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27342 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27352 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27353 dialog, see section
27354 \begin_inset space ~
27358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27360 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27365 The available options are listed and explained in
27366 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27368 key "makeindex,xindy"
27373 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27377 \begin_layout Standard
27378 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27379 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27382 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27383 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27384 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27388 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27389 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27392 \begin_layout Subsection
27396 \begin_layout Standard
27397 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27398 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27406 next to the standard index.
27407 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27408 packages that add this feature.
27414 \begin_inset Index idx
27417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27418 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27423 package to generate multiple indexes.
27424 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27425 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27426 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27433 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27434 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27435 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27438 \begin_layout Standard
27439 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27441 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27442 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27443 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27450 Use multiple Indexes
27451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27455 Note that the list of
27456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27463 below already contains the standard index.
27464 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27465 also appear as a heading) to the
27466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27473 input field and press the
27474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27482 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27483 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27484 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27488 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27494 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27495 indexes in the LyX work area.
27498 \begin_layout Standard
27499 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27504 \begin_inset space ~
27508 \begin_inset space ~
27517 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27518 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27519 are some additional features:
27522 \begin_layout Itemize
27523 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27524 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27527 \begin_layout Itemize
27528 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27529 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27538 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27543 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27544 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27545 to the non-subindexes.
27548 \begin_layout Section
27549 Nomenclature / Glossary
27550 \begin_inset Index idx
27553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27560 \begin_inset Index idx
27563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27594 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27602 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27603 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27608 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27613 \begin_inset Index idx
27616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27617 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27623 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27624 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27630 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27633 \begin_layout Standard
27634 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27635 and then use the menu
27637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27643 \begin_inset space ~
27648 or the toolbar button
27651 arg "nomencl-insert"
27656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27667 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27671 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27672 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27673 The second is the description of the symbol.
27676 \begin_layout Standard
27677 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27685 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27693 \begin_layout Subsection
27694 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27695 \begin_inset Index idx
27698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27699 Nomenclature ! Layout
27707 \begin_layout Standard
27708 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27712 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27718 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27726 \begin_inset Newline newline
27734 \begin_inset Newline newline
27740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27747 character starts/ends the formula.
27748 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27760 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27770 \begin_layout Standard
27771 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27772 \begin_inset space ~
27776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27778 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27789 \begin_inset space ~
27794 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27795 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27800 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27807 in this document is:
27808 \begin_inset Newline newline
27813 dummy entry for the character
27818 \begin_inset Newline newline
27830 \begin_inset space ~
27840 font use the command
27869 \begin_layout Subsection
27870 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27871 \begin_inset Index idx
27874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27875 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27883 \begin_layout Standard
27884 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27885 the symbol definition.
27886 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27887 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27890 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27891 LatexCommand nomenclature
27893 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27900 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27904 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27905 LatexCommand nomenclature
27908 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27913 They will be sorted by
27914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27940 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27943 will be sorted before the
27947 since the character
27948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27955 is considered in sorting.
27958 \begin_layout Standard
27959 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27962 \begin_inset space ~
27967 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27968 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27970 For the example given, you can insert
27974 in this field for the
27975 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27982 will be located before
27983 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27989 \begin_layout Standard
27990 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27995 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28004 \begin_layout Subsection
28005 Nomenclature Options
28006 \begin_inset Index idx
28009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28010 Nomenclature ! Options
28018 \begin_layout Standard
28023 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28024 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28027 \begin_layout Description
28028 refeq Appends the phrase
28029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28044 to every nomenclature entry, where
28050 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28053 \begin_layout Description
28054 refpage Appends the phrase
28055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28070 to every nomenclature entry, where
28076 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28079 \begin_layout Description
28080 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28083 \begin_layout Standard
28084 There are furthermore the options
28128 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28132 \begin_layout Standard
28133 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28134 class options list in the
28136 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28140 In this document the option
28147 \begin_layout Standard
28148 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28154 \begin_layout Standard
28155 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28156 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28161 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28164 \begin_layout Description
28174 \begin_layout Description
28177 nomrefpage Like the
28184 \begin_layout Description
28187 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28196 \begin_layout Description
28200 \begin_inset space ~
28206 \begin_inset space ~
28211 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28214 \begin_layout Subsection
28215 Printing the Nomenclature
28216 \begin_inset Index idx
28219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28220 Nomenclature ! Printing
28228 \begin_layout Standard
28229 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28231 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28233 \begin_inset space ~
28237 \begin_inset space ~
28240 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28244 A light blue box labeled
28245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28256 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28257 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28261 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28270 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28278 For example, in order to change the name to
28282 , add the following line to the preamble:
28285 \begin_layout Standard
28293 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28296 \begin_layout Standard
28297 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28303 \begin_layout Standard
28304 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28305 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28316 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28319 \begin_layout Standard
28322 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28323 \begin_inset space ~
28327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28329 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28334 The default value is 1
28335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28341 \begin_layout Subsection
28342 Nomenclature Program
28343 \begin_inset Index idx
28346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28347 Nomenclature ! Program
28353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28355 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28362 \begin_layout Standard
28363 LyX uses the program
28367 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28368 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28373 by adding options, see section
28374 \begin_inset space ~
28378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28380 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28385 The available options are listed and explained in
28386 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28388 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28395 \begin_layout Section
28397 \begin_inset Index idx
28400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28407 \begin_inset Index idx
28410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28411 Document ! Branches
28417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28419 name "sec:Branches"
28426 \begin_layout Standard
28427 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28428 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28429 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28430 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28433 \begin_layout Standard
28434 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28435 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28436 To create a branch, either select the menu
28438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28439 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28442 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28444 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28451 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28452 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28453 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28454 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28455 (see below for an example).
28456 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28457 to the name of the other) and to add
28458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28470 \begin_inset space ~
28473 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28474 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28477 \begin_layout Standard
28478 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28479 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28484 where you can choose a branch.
28485 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28489 \begin_layout Standard
28490 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28491 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28494 \begin_layout Standard
28495 \begin_inset Branch Question
28498 \begin_layout Standard
28499 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28507 \begin_layout Standard
28508 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28511 \begin_layout Standard
28512 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28527 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28528 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28531 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28532 Consider for example a file
28533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28540 which has the above branches.
28542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28549 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28573 branch were inactive,
28574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28589 branch was active, likewise
28590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28605 branch was active, and
28606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28609 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28613 if both branches were active.
28614 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28618 \begin_layout Standard
28619 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28625 \begin_layout Standard
28626 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28627 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28629 For example you can define for the question branch
28633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28634 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28635 \begin_inset space ~
28639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28641 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28653 \begin_layout Standard
28663 \begin_layout Standard
28673 \begin_layout Standard
28674 and for the answer branch
28677 \begin_layout Standard
28687 \begin_layout Standard
28697 \begin_layout Standard
28698 \begin_inset Branch Question
28701 \begin_layout Standard
28705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28733 \begin_layout Standard
28734 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28737 \begin_layout Standard
28741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28770 Now it is possible to use the commands
28774 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28781 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28784 to obtain conditional output.
28785 Here is an example formula where only the
28792 \begin_inset Formula
28794 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28802 \begin_layout Standard
28803 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28811 \begin_layout Section
28813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28815 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28820 \begin_inset Index idx
28823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28832 \begin_layout Standard
28837 dialog allows you in the
28841 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28842 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28847 \begin_inset Index idx
28850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28851 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28859 \begin_layout Standard
28864 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28865 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28866 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28868 You can specify in the dialog tab
28872 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28874 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28875 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28884 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28885 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28886 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28888 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28889 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28891 \begin_inset space ~
28894 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28895 \begin_inset space ~
28898 1 will only display the sections.
28901 \begin_layout Standard
28902 The header information in the dialog tab
28906 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28907 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28908 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28912 \begin_inset space \space{}
28915 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28916 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28919 Automatic fill header
28921 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28922 title and author settings.
28925 \begin_layout Standard
28928 Load in fullscreen mode
28930 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28934 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28935 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28941 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28942 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28951 \begin_layout Section
28952 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28955 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28962 \begin_layout Subsection
28964 \begin_inset Index idx
28967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28976 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28983 \begin_layout Standard
28984 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28985 constructs, but not all.
28986 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28987 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28988 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28989 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28990 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28994 \begin_layout Standard
28995 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28997 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28999 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29001 \begin_inset space ~
29006 or by the toolbar button
29013 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29017 \begin_layout Standard
29018 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29019 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29020 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29021 using the LaTeX-command
29027 , you can write the command part
29033 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29037 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29038 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29039 the following example:
29042 \begin_layout Standard
29043 \begin_inset Graphics
29044 filename clipart/ERT.png
29052 \begin_layout Standard
29056 \begin_layout Standard
29057 This is a line with a
29061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29084 \begin_layout Standard
29085 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29093 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29094 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29102 \begin_layout Subsection
29103 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29104 \begin_inset Argument
29107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29114 \begin_inset Index idx
29117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29126 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29133 \begin_layout Standard
29134 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29135 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29136 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29145 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29146 any time if you know the right commands.
29148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29152 \begin_inset space \space{}
29155 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29157 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29158 all caption labels bold.
29159 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29161 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29165 \begin_layout Standard
29166 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29167 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29168 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29170 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29180 As result you know that the package
29185 \begin_inset Index idx
29188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29189 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29195 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29197 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29203 \begin_layout Standard
29208 usepackage[options]{package name}
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29212 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29213 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29214 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29217 \begin_layout Standard
29218 In your case the package name is
29223 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29228 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29229 So you add the command
29232 \begin_layout Standard
29237 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29240 \begin_layout Standard
29241 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29246 For more commands provided by the
29250 package, have a look at its documentation,
29251 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29265 \begin_layout Standard
29266 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29268 For example if you use a
29272 class, you don't need the package
29276 , you can instead write
29279 \begin_layout Standard
29284 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29289 \begin_layout Standard
29290 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29291 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29292 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29299 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29302 \begin_layout Standard
29303 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29304 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29306 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29307 the previous section.
29310 \begin_layout Standard
29311 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29313 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29315 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29323 \begin_layout Section
29324 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29327 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29332 \begin_inset Index idx
29335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29342 \begin_inset Index idx
29345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29354 \begin_layout Standard
29355 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29356 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29357 to break your train of thought with
29359 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29366 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29367 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29372 \begin_inset Index idx
29375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29376 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29381 as explained below, and turn on
29384 \begin_inset space ~
29391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29395 \begin_inset space ~
29399 \begin_inset space ~
29402 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29407 \begin_inset space ~
29412 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29415 \begin_layout Standard
29416 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29418 Previews of an already loaded document are
29422 generated just by selecting the
29425 \begin_inset space ~
29430 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29434 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29435 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29438 \begin_inset space ~
29443 check box in the insert dialog.
29444 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29448 \begin_layout Standard
29449 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29453 (on some systems named simply
29458 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29460 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29466 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29467 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29475 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29479 \begin_layout Standard
29480 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29486 \begin_layout Standard
29487 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29491 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29493 \begin_inset space ~
29498 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29499 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29501 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29502 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29503 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29504 the source view window.
29507 \begin_layout Section
29508 Advanced Find and Replace
29509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29511 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
29516 \begin_inset Index idx
29519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29526 \begin_inset Index idx
29529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29538 \begin_layout Subsection
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29543 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
29544 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
29545 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
29546 The key-features are:
29549 \begin_layout Itemize
29550 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
29551 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
29552 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
29556 \begin_layout Itemize
29557 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
29558 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
29559 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
29560 a section heading will only be found within section headings
29563 \begin_layout Itemize
29564 Search may be widened to a specific
29569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29573 \begin_inset space ~
29576 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
29577 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
29584 \begin_layout Itemize
29585 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
29586 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
29587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29591 \begin_inset space ~
29594 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
29597 \begin_layout Subsection
29601 \begin_layout Standard
29602 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
29605 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29618 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
29621 ) or the toolbar button
29624 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
29630 Advanced Find and Replace
29635 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29639 \begin_layout Standard
29644 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
29649 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
29654 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
29655 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
29656 Pressing repeatedly
29660 keeps searching forward.
29661 Similarly, pressing
29665 searches for the entered text backwards.
29668 \begin_layout Standard
29669 While searching, the
29673 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
29683 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
29686 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29687 Searching for mathematics
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29691 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
29695 editor a mathematical formula, such as
29696 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
29699 or also something more complex like
29700 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
29704 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
29705 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
29706 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
29707 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
29713 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29717 \begin_layout Standard
29718 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
29719 This is done by switching to the
29720 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
29724 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
29729 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
29734 This way, entering in the
29741 \begin_layout Itemize
29742 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
29743 in emphasized or boldface.
29746 \begin_layout Itemize
29747 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
29748 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
29749 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
29750 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
29753 \begin_layout Itemize
29754 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
29755 of if only within section headings.
29756 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
29757 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
29761 \begin_layout Itemize
29762 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
29763 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
29766 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29770 \begin_layout Standard
29771 The text segments matching the text entered in the
29775 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
29783 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
29787 button or alternatively
29809 \begin_layout Standard
29810 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
29811 text segments in your document.
29812 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
29816 \begin_layout Itemize
29817 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
29818 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
29819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29826 with its typewriter version
29829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29839 \begin_layout Itemize
29840 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
29842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29846 \begin_inset Formula $R$
29850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29858 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
29862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29865 (you may want to enable the
29873 options and disable the
29878 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
29882 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
29887 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
29888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29895 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
29896 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
29900 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
29903 , or occurrences of
29904 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
29908 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
29914 \begin_layout Subsection
29918 \begin_layout Standard
29919 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
29923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
29926 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29928 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
29937 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
29943 This is done via the menu
29945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29946 Insert Regular Expression
29949 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
29958 while the cursor is in the
29963 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
29964 expression matching rules
29968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29969 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
29971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29975 \begin_inset space ~
29978 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
29979 to match expressions.
29984 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
29985 same text in the document.
29986 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
29987 Examples of using such a feature may be:
29990 \begin_layout Enumerate
29991 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
29996 editor the fraction
29997 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30001 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30004 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30005 fractions with the given denominator.
30008 \begin_layout Enumerate
30009 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30015 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
30019 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
30027 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30032 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30033 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30035 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30038 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30039 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30042 \begin_layout Standard
30043 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30044 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30045 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30048 , and referring back to them through
30049 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30053 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30057 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30060 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30061 For example, try searching for the regexp
30062 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30065 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30068 \begin_layout Standard
30069 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30070 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30071 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30072 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30076 \begin_inset space ~
30080 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30083 always refers to the first occurrence of
30084 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30087 in all entered regexps.
30090 \begin_layout Standard
30091 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30095 \begin_layout Section
30097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30099 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30104 \begin_inset Index idx
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30116 \begin_layout Standard
30117 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30118 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30135 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30141 can be seen as the successor to
30149 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30155 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30156 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30164 \begin_layout Standard
30165 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30166 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30173 \begin_layout Standard
30176 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30179 or the toolbar button
30182 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30185 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30186 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30187 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30188 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30189 scrolled so that it is visible.
30194 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30196 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30200 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30201 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30204 \begin_layout Standard
30205 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30208 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30212 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30213 will bring an error message.
30214 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30215 specifying a different
30217 Alternative language
30219 in preferences dialog.
30222 \begin_layout Standard
30223 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30226 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30230 \begin_layout Standard
30231 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30232 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30234 But you can use the
30237 \begin_inset space ~
30241 \begin_inset space ~
30249 \begin_layout Standard
30250 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30251 This does work with
30255 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30258 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30262 \begin_layout Standard
30267 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30270 \begin_layout Description
30272 \begin_inset space ~
30275 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30276 should consider, e.
30277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30281 \begin_inset space \space{}
30284 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30285 This should not normally be needed.
30288 \begin_layout Description
30290 \begin_inset space ~
30293 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30294 the spell checker's default choice
30297 \begin_layout Description
30299 \begin_inset space ~
30303 \begin_inset space ~
30306 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30318 \begin_layout Description
30320 \begin_inset space ~
30324 \begin_inset space ~
30327 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30329 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30336 also for the spellchecker.
30340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30341 The encodings are explained in section
30342 \begin_inset space ~
30346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30348 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30357 Only enable this if you use
30361 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30362 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30363 so this is disabled by default.
30366 \begin_layout Section
30368 \begin_inset Index idx
30371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30380 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30387 \begin_layout Standard
30388 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30389 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30401 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30410 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30411 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30412 are available for many languages.
30415 \begin_layout Standard
30416 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30420 \begin_layout Subsection
30421 Setting up the thesaurus
30424 \begin_layout Standard
30429 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30434 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30439 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30445 en_EN for English).
30446 For instance, the English files are named:
30449 \begin_layout Itemize
30453 \begin_layout Itemize
30457 \begin_layout Standard
30458 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30459 already on your system.
30460 If not, you can get dictionaries
30461 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
30463 \begin_inset Flex URL
30466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
30470 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
30480 \begin_inset Flex URL
30483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30485 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30492 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
30493 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
30498 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30500 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30501 unpack a zip archive.
30502 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
30507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30509 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
30510 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
30511 \begin_inset Flex URL
30514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30516 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
30518 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30523 are usually packed in extension archives (
30527 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30529 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30530 unpack a zip archive.
30538 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
30542 \begin_layout Standard
30551 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
30552 s), and specify the path to this directory in
30554 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30555 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30559 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30562 \begin_layout Subsection
30563 Using the thesaurus
30566 \begin_layout Standard
30567 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30569 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30572 or the toolbar button
30575 arg "thesaurus-entry"
30578 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30580 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30582 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30583 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
30584 and hyponyms (such as
30592 ), compounds (such as
30596 ) and antonyms (such as
30604 ), which are marked as such.
30607 \begin_layout Standard
30608 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30609 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30613 \begin_layout Standard
30614 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30615 the dictionary, such as the above
30619 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30624 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30625 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30626 For example looking up the word forms
30634 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30639 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30652 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30653 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30654 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30657 \begin_layout Subsection
30658 License of the Thesaurus library
30661 \begin_layout Standard
30666 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30671 as a standalone program.
30672 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30673 The library was released under the
30675 Berkeley Database License
30677 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
30678 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
30679 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
30681 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
30684 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
30688 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
30691 \begin_layout Section
30693 \begin_inset Index idx
30696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30703 \begin_inset Index idx
30706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30707 Document ! Change Tracking
30713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30715 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
30722 \begin_layout Standard
30723 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
30724 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
30725 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
30726 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
30728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30730 \begin_inset space ~
30733 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30735 \begin_inset space ~
30743 \begin_layout Standard
30744 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
30758 The color depends on the author that made the change.
30759 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
30762 \begin_inset space ~
30766 \begin_inset space ~
30776 \begin_inset Index idx
30779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30780 Color ! Change tracking
30785 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
30786 the cursor is in changed text.
30787 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
30790 arg "changes-merge"
30796 \begin_layout Standard
30797 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
30798 \begin_inset Index idx
30801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30810 \begin_layout Standard
30811 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30817 \begin_layout Standard
30818 \begin_inset Graphics
30819 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
30827 \begin_layout Standard
30828 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30834 \begin_layout Standard
30835 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30839 \begin_layout Standard
30840 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30846 \begin_layout Standard
30847 \begin_inset Tabular
30848 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
30849 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
30850 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30851 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30852 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30861 arg "changes-track"
30869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30877 \begin_inset space ~
30880 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30882 \begin_inset space ~
30891 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30900 arg "changes-output"
30908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30916 \begin_inset space ~
30919 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30921 \begin_inset space ~
30925 \begin_inset space ~
30929 \begin_inset space ~
30938 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30959 Jumps to the next change
30965 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30974 arg "change-accept"
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30988 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30990 \begin_inset space ~
30993 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30995 \begin_inset space ~
31004 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31013 arg "change-reject"
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31027 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31029 \begin_inset space ~
31032 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31034 \begin_inset space ~
31043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 arg "changes-merge"
31060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31066 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31068 \begin_inset space ~
31071 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31073 \begin_inset space ~
31082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31091 arg "all-changes-accept"
31099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31107 \begin_inset space ~
31110 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31112 \begin_inset space ~
31116 \begin_inset space ~
31125 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31134 arg "all-changes-reject"
31142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31150 \begin_inset space ~
31153 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31155 \begin_inset space ~
31159 \begin_inset space ~
31168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31191 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31192 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31194 \begin_inset space ~
31203 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31226 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31228 \begin_inset space ~
31244 \begin_layout Standard
31245 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31251 \begin_layout Standard
31252 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31253 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31254 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31255 the next change after the current cursor position.
31256 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31257 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31258 step to the next change.
31259 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31262 \begin_layout Standard
31263 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31264 to describe a change.
31267 \begin_layout Standard
31268 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31273 \begin_inset Index idx
31276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31283 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31284 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31290 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31293 \begin_layout Section
31294 International Support
31295 \begin_inset Index idx
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31299 International support
31307 \begin_layout Standard
31308 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31309 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31310 how to set up LyX to use them:
31311 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31313 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31320 \begin_layout Standard
31321 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31322 \begin_inset space ~
31326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31328 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31335 \begin_layout Subsection
31337 \begin_inset Index idx
31340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31347 \begin_inset Index idx
31350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31351 Document ! Settings
31357 \begin_inset Index idx
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31361 Document ! Language
31369 \begin_layout Standard
31372 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31375 dialog lets you set
31377 the language and character encoding for your language.
31381 \begin_layout Standard
31382 Choose your language in the
31386 section of this dialog.
31394 \begin_layout Standard
31399 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31404 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31405 For details about the different encoding options see section
31406 \begin_inset space ~
31410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31412 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31419 \begin_layout Subsection
31420 Keyboard mapping configuration
31421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31423 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31430 \begin_layout Standard
31431 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31432 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31433 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31434 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31435 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31437 \begin_inset space ~
31441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31443 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31448 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31449 which one you want to use.
31452 \begin_layout Standard
31453 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31454 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31455 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31456 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31457 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31458 one to support the characters you want.
31459 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31466 \begin_layout Subsection
31470 \begin_layout Standard
31472 \begin_inset space ~
31476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31478 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31487 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31491 \begin_layout Standard
31492 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31493 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31501 \begin_layout Itemize
31502 Even if you have selected
31508 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31511 dialog, users who have only the
31515 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
31519 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
31520 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
31521 french quotes won't show up.
31524 \begin_layout Standard
31525 \begin_inset Float table
31530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31531 \begin_inset Caption
31533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31536 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 \begin_inset Tabular
31555 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31556 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31559 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31561 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31564 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31566 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31567 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35986 \begin_layout Standard
35987 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35989 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35990 also the characters from
36002 \begin_layout Itemize
36011 \begin_layout Standard
36012 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36013 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36019 \begin_layout Standard
36020 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36021 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36027 \begin_layout Standard
36028 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36029 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36035 \begin_layout Standard
36036 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36037 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36043 \begin_layout Standard
36045 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36051 \begin_layout Standard
36053 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36059 \begin_layout Standard
36061 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36068 \begin_layout Itemize
36081 \begin_layout Standard
36083 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36089 \begin_layout Standard
36091 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36097 \begin_layout Standard
36099 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36105 \begin_layout Standard
36107 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36113 \begin_layout Standard
36115 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36121 \begin_layout Standard
36123 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36130 \begin_layout Standard
36131 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36132 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36133 Also make sure you're using the
36140 \begin_layout Chapter
36143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36145 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36152 \begin_layout Standard
36153 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36154 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36155 topic inside the user's guide.
36158 \begin_layout Section
36160 \begin_inset Index idx
36163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36172 \begin_layout Standard
36177 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36178 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36181 \begin_layout Subsection
36185 \begin_layout Standard
36186 Creates a new document.
36189 \begin_layout Subsection
36193 \begin_layout Standard
36194 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36195 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36196 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36199 \begin_layout Subsection
36203 \begin_layout Standard
36207 \begin_layout Subsection
36211 \begin_layout Standard
36212 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36213 Click there on a file to open it.
36216 \begin_layout Subsection
36220 \begin_layout Standard
36221 Closes the current document.
36224 \begin_layout Subsection
36228 \begin_layout Standard
36229 Closes all opened documents.
36232 \begin_layout Subsection
36236 \begin_layout Standard
36237 Saves the actual document.
36240 \begin_layout Subsection
36244 \begin_layout Standard
36245 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36248 \begin_layout Subsection
36252 \begin_layout Standard
36253 Saves all opened documents.
36256 \begin_layout Subsection
36260 \begin_layout Standard
36261 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36264 \begin_layout Subsection
36268 \begin_layout Standard
36269 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36270 It is described in the section
36272 Version Control in LyX
36276 Additional Features
36281 \begin_layout Subsection
36285 \begin_layout Standard
36286 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36287 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36288 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36289 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36292 \begin_layout Standard
36293 When using the menu entry
36296 \begin_inset space ~
36301 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36305 \begin_inset space ~
36309 \begin_inset space ~
36314 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36315 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36318 \begin_layout Subsection
36320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36329 \begin_layout Standard
36330 You can export your document to various file formats.
36331 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36332 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36333 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36336 \begin_layout Standard
36337 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36339 \begin_inset space ~
36343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36345 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36352 \begin_layout Description
36356 \begin_inset space ~
36361 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36363 \begin_inset Newline newline
36366 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36369 \begin_layout Description
36377 \begin_layout Description
36378 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36382 \begin_layout Description
36384 \begin_inset space ~
36388 \begin_inset space ~
36391 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36395 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36403 \begin_layout Description
36410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36418 \begin_inset space ~
36423 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36424 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36428 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36431 \begin_layout Description
36438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36446 \begin_inset space ~
36451 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36452 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36460 \begin_layout Description
36462 \begin_inset space ~
36465 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36473 is replaced by the version number)
36476 \begin_layout Description
36477 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
36480 \begin_layout Description
36481 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
36494 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
36498 \begin_layout Description
36502 \begin_inset space ~
36507 PDF-format using the program
36512 \begin_layout Description
36516 \begin_inset space ~
36521 PDF-format using the program
36526 \begin_layout Description
36530 \begin_inset space ~
36535 PDF-format using the program
36540 \begin_layout Description
36544 \begin_inset space ~
36552 \begin_layout Description
36556 \begin_inset space ~
36560 \begin_inset space ~
36565 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36566 and then exported as text using the program
36571 \begin_layout Description
36576 PostScript format using the program
36581 \begin_layout Description
36589 \begin_layout Standard
36594 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
36595 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36601 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
36604 \begin_layout Standard
36605 If one of the menu entries
36612 \begin_inset space ~
36621 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36622 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36623 \begin_inset space ~
36627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36629 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36634 \begin_inset Index idx
36637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36638 Reconfiguration of LyX
36646 \begin_layout Standard
36651 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36652 the export program.
36655 \begin_layout Subsection
36659 \begin_layout Standard
36660 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
36661 format or send it to a printer.
36662 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
36663 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
36669 For more information have a look at section
36670 \begin_inset space ~
36674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36676 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36683 \begin_layout Subsection
36687 \begin_layout Standard
36688 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
36689 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
36690 prefix, see section
36691 \begin_inset space ~
36695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36697 reference "sec:Paths"
36702 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
36711 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
36712 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
36713 \begin_inset space ~
36717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36719 reference "sub:Converters"
36726 \begin_layout Subsection
36727 New and Close Window
36730 \begin_layout Standard
36731 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
36734 \begin_layout Subsection
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36739 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
36742 \begin_layout Section
36744 \begin_inset Index idx
36747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36756 \begin_layout Subsection
36760 \begin_layout Standard
36761 Described in section
36762 \begin_inset space ~
36766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36768 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
36775 \begin_layout Subsection
36776 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
36779 \begin_layout Standard
36780 Described in section
36781 \begin_inset space ~
36785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36787 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36794 \begin_layout Subsection
36798 \begin_layout Standard
36799 Selects the whole document.
36802 \begin_layout Subsection
36806 \begin_layout Standard
36807 Described in section
36808 \begin_inset space ~
36812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36814 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36821 \begin_layout Subsection
36822 Move Paragraph Up/Down
36825 \begin_layout Standard
36826 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
36830 \begin_layout Subsection
36834 \begin_layout Standard
36835 Described in section
36836 \begin_inset space ~
36840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36842 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
36849 \begin_layout Subsection
36851 \begin_inset Index idx
36854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36855 Paragraph ! Settings
36863 \begin_layout Standard
36864 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
36865 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
36868 \begin_layout Standard
36869 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
36870 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
36872 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36878 \begin_inset space ~
36886 \begin_layout Subsection
36887 Table Settings and Math
36890 \begin_layout Standard
36891 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36893 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36894 The properties of tables are described in section
36895 \begin_inset space ~
36899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36901 reference "sec:Tables"
36905 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36906 \begin_inset space ~
36910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36912 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36919 \begin_layout Subsection
36920 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36923 \begin_layout Standard
36924 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36925 that can be nested.
36926 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36927 \begin_inset space ~
36931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36933 reference "sec:Nesting"
36938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36940 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36947 \begin_layout Section
36949 \begin_inset Index idx
36952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36961 \begin_layout Standard
36966 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36967 document with an external program.
36968 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36969 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36970 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36971 \begin_inset space ~
36975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36977 reference "sub:Export"
36982 You should at least see the menu entries
36989 \begin_inset space ~
36995 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36996 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36997 \begin_inset space ~
37001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37003 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37008 \begin_inset Index idx
37011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37012 Reconfiguration of LyX
37020 \begin_layout Standard
37021 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37022 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37023 \begin_inset space ~
37027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37029 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37034 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37037 \begin_layout Standard
37038 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37041 At the bottom of the
37045 menu the opened documents are listed.
37048 \begin_layout Subsection
37049 Open/Close all Insets
37052 \begin_layout Standard
37053 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37056 \begin_layout Subsection
37057 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37060 \begin_layout Standard
37061 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37064 \begin_layout Standard
37065 Math macros are described in the
37072 \begin_layout Subsection
37076 \begin_layout Standard
37077 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37079 \begin_inset space ~
37083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37085 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37090 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219943
37094 \begin_layout Subsection
37096 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219959
37100 \begin_layout Standard
37102 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220076
37103 Opens a window showing console messages.
37104 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
37105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37108 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
37109 while LaTeX is processing the document,
37112 \begin_layout Subsection
37114 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220084
37118 \begin_layout Standard
37120 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220342
37121 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
37122 format either in the preferences (see sec.
37123 \begin_inset space ~
37127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37129 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37133 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37134 \begin_inset space ~
37138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37140 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37144 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
37147 \begin_layout Subsection
37149 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220353
37150 View (Other Formats)
37153 \begin_layout Standard
37155 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220444
37156 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
37161 \begin_layout Subsection
37165 \begin_layout Standard
37166 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes
37167 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220297
37168 (in the default output format as described in the previous section)
37170 without opening a new view
37171 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220263
37175 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220384
37179 \begin_layout Subsection
37181 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220388
37182 Update (Other Formats)
37185 \begin_layout Standard
37187 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220467
37188 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
37189 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
37192 \begin_layout Subsection
37194 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220487
37195 View Master Document
37198 \begin_layout Standard
37200 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220814
37201 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37218 manual for more information on this topic).
37219 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
37220 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
37225 generates the output of the whole book, while
37229 will just output the chapter alone.
37232 \begin_layout Standard
37234 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220854
37235 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37236 in the preferences (see sec.
37237 \begin_inset space ~
37241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37243 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37247 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37248 \begin_inset space ~
37252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37254 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37261 \begin_layout Subsection
37263 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220878
37264 Update Master Document
37267 \begin_layout Standard
37269 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220947
37270 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37287 manual for more information on this topic).
37288 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
37289 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
37292 \begin_layout Standard
37294 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220879
37295 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37296 in the preferences (see sec.
37297 \begin_inset space ~
37301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37303 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37307 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37308 \begin_inset space ~
37312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37314 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37321 \begin_layout Subsection
37325 \begin_layout Standard
37326 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37327 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37328 view the same document, but at different positions.
37329 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37330 or more documents at the same time.
37331 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37338 \begin_layout Subsection
37342 \begin_layout Standard
37343 Closes a split view.
37346 \begin_layout Subsection
37350 \begin_layout Standard
37351 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37352 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37353 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37354 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37355 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37358 \begin_layout Subsection
37360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37362 name "sub:Toolbars"
37367 \begin_inset Index idx
37370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37379 \begin_layout Standard
37380 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37381 All toolbars and the
37384 \begin_inset space ~
37389 can be turned on and off.
37394 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37406 \begin_inset space ~
37415 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37419 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37426 \begin_layout Standard
37431 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37435 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37436 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37437 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37438 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37439 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37442 \begin_layout Standard
37443 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37444 \begin_inset space ~
37448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37450 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37457 \begin_layout Section
37459 \begin_inset Index idx
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37471 \begin_layout Subsection
37475 \begin_layout Standard
37476 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37477 \begin_inset space ~
37481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37483 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37494 \begin_layout Subsection
37496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37498 name "sub:Special-Character"
37505 \begin_layout Standard
37506 Here you can insert the following characters:
37509 \begin_layout Description
37510 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37511 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37512 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37513 \begin_inset Newline newline
37517 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37525 Not all characters will be visible in the
37529 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37537 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37541 ) can display every character.
37549 \begin_layout Description
37550 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37554 \begin_layout Description
37556 \begin_inset space ~
37560 \begin_inset space ~
37563 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37564 \begin_inset space ~
37568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37570 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37577 \begin_layout Description
37579 \begin_inset space ~
37582 Quote Inserts this quote:
37583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37586 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37588 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37598 \begin_layout Description
37600 \begin_inset space ~
37603 Quote Inserts this quote:
37604 \begin_inset Quotes els
37610 \begin_layout Description
37612 \begin_inset space ~
37615 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37619 \begin_layout Description
37621 \begin_inset space ~
37624 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37628 \begin_layout Description
37630 \begin_inset space ~
37633 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37637 \begin_layout Description
37639 \begin_inset space ~
37643 \begin_inset Index idx
37646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37653 \begin_inset Index idx
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37657 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37662 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
37663 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37664 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
37669 \begin_inset Index idx
37672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37673 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
37679 \begin_inset Newline newline
37682 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37686 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37694 and this Wiki-page:
37695 \begin_inset Newline newline
37699 \begin_inset Flex URL
37702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37704 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37712 \begin_layout Subsection
37716 \begin_layout Standard
37717 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37720 \begin_layout Description
37721 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
37722 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
37728 \begin_layout Description
37729 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
37730 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
37736 \begin_layout Description
37738 \begin_inset space ~
37741 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
37742 \begin_inset space ~
37746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37748 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
37755 \begin_layout Description
37757 \begin_inset space ~
37760 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
37761 \begin_inset space ~
37765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37767 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
37774 \begin_layout Description
37776 \begin_inset space ~
37779 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
37780 \begin_inset space ~
37784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37786 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
37793 \begin_layout Description
37795 \begin_inset space ~
37798 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
37799 \begin_inset space ~
37803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37805 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
37812 \begin_layout Description
37814 \begin_inset space ~
37817 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
37818 \begin_inset space ~
37822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37824 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
37831 \begin_layout Description
37833 \begin_inset space ~
37836 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
37837 \begin_inset space ~
37841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37843 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
37850 \begin_layout Description
37852 \begin_inset space ~
37855 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
37856 \begin_inset space ~
37860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37862 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
37869 \begin_layout Description
37871 \begin_inset space ~
37874 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
37875 \begin_inset space ~
37879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37881 reference "sub:Ligatures"
37888 \begin_layout Description
37890 \begin_inset space ~
37894 \begin_inset space ~
37897 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
37898 \begin_inset space ~
37902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37904 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37911 \begin_layout Description
37913 \begin_inset space ~
37916 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
37917 text line to the page border, see section
37918 \begin_inset space ~
37922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37924 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37931 \begin_layout Description
37933 \begin_inset space ~
37936 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
37937 \begin_inset space ~
37941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37943 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37950 \begin_layout Description
37952 \begin_inset space ~
37955 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
37956 text page to the page border, described in section
37957 \begin_inset space ~
37961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37963 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37970 \begin_layout Description
37972 \begin_inset space ~
37975 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
37976 \begin_inset space ~
37980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37982 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37989 \begin_layout Description
37991 \begin_inset space ~
37995 \begin_inset space ~
37998 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
37999 \begin_inset space ~
38003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38005 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38012 \begin_layout Subsection
38016 \begin_layout Standard
38017 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38018 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38020 \begin_inset space ~
38024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38026 reference "sec:toc"
38031 The index list is described in section
38032 \begin_inset space ~
38036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38038 reference "sec:Index"
38042 , the nomenclature in section
38043 \begin_inset space ~
38047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38049 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38053 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38054 \begin_inset space ~
38058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38060 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38067 \begin_layout Subsection
38071 \begin_layout Standard
38072 To insert floats, described in section
38073 \begin_inset space ~
38077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38079 reference "sec:Floats"
38086 \begin_layout Subsection
38090 \begin_layout Standard
38091 To insert notes, described in section
38092 \begin_inset space ~
38096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38098 reference "sec:Notes"
38105 \begin_layout Subsection
38109 \begin_layout Standard
38110 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38111 \begin_inset space ~
38115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38117 reference "sec:Branches"
38124 \begin_layout Subsection
38128 \begin_layout Standard
38129 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38130 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38132 An example is the document class
38133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38140 with three custom insets.
38143 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38149 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38152 \begin_layout Subsection
38154 \begin_inset Index idx
38157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38166 \begin_layout Standard
38167 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38168 files in your document.
38169 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38180 \begin_layout Subsection
38182 \begin_inset Index idx
38185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38194 \begin_layout Standard
38195 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38196 \begin_inset space ~
38200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38202 reference "sec:Minipages"
38207 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38218 \begin_layout Subsection
38222 \begin_layout Standard
38223 Inserts a citation as described in section
38224 \begin_inset space ~
38228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38230 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38237 \begin_layout Subsection
38241 \begin_layout Standard
38242 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38243 \begin_inset space ~
38247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38249 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38256 \begin_layout Subsection
38260 \begin_layout Standard
38261 Inserts a label as described in section
38262 \begin_inset space ~
38266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38268 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38275 \begin_layout Subsection
38277 \begin_inset Index idx
38280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38287 \begin_inset Index idx
38290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38291 Longtables ! Caption
38299 \begin_layout Standard
38300 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38301 Floats are described in section
38302 \begin_inset space ~
38306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38308 reference "sec:Floats"
38312 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38323 \begin_layout Subsection
38327 \begin_layout Standard
38328 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38329 \begin_inset space ~
38333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38335 reference "sec:Index"
38342 \begin_layout Subsection
38346 \begin_layout Standard
38347 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38348 \begin_inset space ~
38352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38354 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38361 \begin_layout Subsection
38365 \begin_layout Standard
38367 Tables are described in section
38368 \begin_inset space ~
38372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38374 reference "sec:Tables"
38381 \begin_layout Subsection
38385 \begin_layout Standard
38387 Graphics are described in section
38388 \begin_inset space ~
38392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38394 reference "sec:Graphics"
38401 \begin_layout Subsection
38405 \begin_layout Standard
38406 Inserts an URL as described in section
38407 \begin_inset space ~
38411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38413 reference "sub:URLs"
38420 \begin_layout Subsection
38424 \begin_layout Standard
38425 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38426 \begin_inset space ~
38430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38432 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38439 \begin_layout Subsection
38443 \begin_layout Standard
38444 Inserts a footnote, see section
38445 \begin_inset space ~
38449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38451 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38458 \begin_layout Subsection
38462 \begin_layout Standard
38463 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38464 \begin_inset space ~
38468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38470 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38477 \begin_layout Subsection
38481 \begin_layout Standard
38482 Inserts a short title, see section
38483 \begin_inset space ~
38487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38489 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38496 \begin_layout Subsection
38500 \begin_layout Standard
38501 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38502 \begin_inset space ~
38506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38508 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38515 \begin_layout Subsection
38517 \begin_inset Index idx
38520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38529 \begin_layout Standard
38530 Inserts a program listings box.
38531 Program listings are explained in the chapter
38533 Program Code Listings
38542 \begin_layout Subsection
38546 \begin_layout Standard
38547 Inserts the actual date.
38548 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38550 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
38562 \begin_layout Section
38564 \begin_inset Index idx
38567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38576 \begin_layout Standard
38577 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38578 \begin_inset space ~
38581 of the current document.
38582 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38585 \begin_layout Subsection
38589 \begin_layout Standard
38590 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38591 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
38593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38597 \begin_inset space \space{}
38601 \begin_inset space ~
38605 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38606 \begin_inset space ~
38609 2.5 and use the menu
38612 \begin_inset space ~
38616 \begin_inset space ~
38623 \begin_inset space ~
38629 \begin_inset space ~
38633 \begin_inset space ~
38639 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38643 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38649 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38655 \begin_layout Standard
38656 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38657 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38660 \begin_layout Subsection
38661 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38664 \begin_layout Standard
38665 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38669 \begin_layout Subsection
38673 \begin_layout Standard
38674 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38675 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38676 on a cross-reference box.
38679 \begin_layout Section
38681 \begin_inset Index idx
38684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38693 \begin_layout Subsection
38697 \begin_layout Standard
38698 Change Tracking is described in section
38699 \begin_inset space ~
38703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38705 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38712 \begin_layout Subsection
38717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38727 \begin_layout Standard
38728 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
38730 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
38733 \begin_layout Standard
38734 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
38739 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
38742 \begin_layout Subsection
38746 \begin_layout Standard
38747 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
38748 \begin_inset space ~
38752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38754 reference "sec:Navigating"
38759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38761 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
38768 \begin_layout Subsection
38769 Start Appendix Here
38772 \begin_layout Standard
38773 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
38774 position as described in section
38775 \begin_inset space ~
38779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38781 reference "sec:Appendices"
38788 \begin_layout Subsection
38792 \begin_layout Standard
38793 Un/compresses the current document.
38796 \begin_layout Subsection
38800 \begin_layout Standard
38801 The document settings are described in appendix
38802 \begin_inset space ~
38806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38808 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38815 \begin_layout Section
38817 \begin_inset Index idx
38820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38829 \begin_layout Subsection
38833 \begin_layout Standard
38834 Spell checking is explained in section
38835 \begin_inset space ~
38839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38841 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38848 \begin_layout Subsection
38852 \begin_layout Standard
38853 The thesaurus is described in section
38854 \begin_inset space ~
38858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38860 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38867 \begin_layout Subsection
38869 \begin_inset Index idx
38872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38879 \begin_inset Index idx
38882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38891 \begin_layout Standard
38892 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38893 highlighted document part.
38896 \begin_layout Subsection
38898 \begin_inset Index idx
38901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38910 \begin_layout Standard
38911 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
38914 \begin_layout Subsection
38916 \begin_inset Index idx
38919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38920 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38931 Reconfiguration of LyX
38935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38948 \begin_inset Index idx
38951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38952 Reconfiguration of LyX
38960 \begin_layout Standard
38961 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
38962 and needed programs it needs; see also section
38963 \begin_inset space ~
38967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38969 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38976 \begin_layout Subsection
38980 \begin_layout Standard
38981 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
38982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38988 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38995 \begin_layout Section
38997 \begin_inset Index idx
39000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39009 \begin_layout Standard
39010 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39014 \begin_layout Standard
39018 \begin_inset space ~
39023 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39024 found by LyX (see also section
39025 \begin_inset space ~
39029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39031 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39038 \begin_layout Section
39040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39042 name "sec:Toolbars"
39049 \begin_layout Standard
39050 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39051 \begin_inset space ~
39055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39057 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39064 \begin_layout Standard
39065 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39066 This is described in the
39068 Additional Features
39073 \begin_layout Subsection
39075 \begin_inset Index idx
39078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39087 \begin_layout Standard
39088 \begin_inset Graphics
39089 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39097 \begin_layout Standard
39098 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39104 \begin_layout Standard
39105 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39122 \begin_inset Note Note
39125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39126 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39131 manual for more information.
39139 \begin_layout Standard
39140 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39146 \begin_layout Standard
39147 \begin_inset Tabular
39148 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39149 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39150 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39157 \begin_inset Graphics
39158 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39185 \begin_layout Standard
39186 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39192 \begin_layout Standard
39194 \begin_inset Tabular
39195 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39196 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39197 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39198 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39199 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39222 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39229 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39252 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39282 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39298 arg "dialog-show print"
39306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39312 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39328 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
39336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39342 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39402 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39409 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39432 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39439 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39462 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39492 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39508 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
39516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39522 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39524 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39546 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
39554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39560 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39561 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39589 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39591 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39593 \begin_inset space ~
39604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39625 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39627 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39629 \begin_inset space ~
39640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39649 arg "textstyle-apply"
39657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39661 Formats text using the current settings in the
39663 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39665 \begin_inset space ~
39676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39700 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39702 \begin_inset space ~
39711 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39720 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
39728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39734 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39741 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39748 arg "tabular-insert"
39756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39778 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
39786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39790 Toggle outline window on/off,
39792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39808 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
39816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39820 Toggle math toolbar on/off
39826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39835 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
39843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39847 Toggle table toolbar on/off
39860 \begin_layout Subsection
39862 \begin_inset Index idx
39865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39874 \begin_layout Standard
39875 \begin_inset Graphics
39876 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
39884 \begin_layout Standard
39885 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39891 \begin_layout Standard
39892 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39896 \begin_layout Standard
39897 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39903 \begin_layout Standard
39904 \begin_inset Tabular
39905 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39906 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39907 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39908 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39945 arg "layout Enumerate"
39953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39972 arg "layout Itemize"
39980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40026 arg "layout Description"
40034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40053 arg "depth-increment"
40061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40073 \begin_inset space ~
40082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40091 arg "depth-decrement"
40099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40105 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40107 \begin_inset space ~
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40129 arg "float-insert figure"
40137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40144 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40151 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40160 arg "float-insert table"
40168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40174 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40175 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40212 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40221 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
40229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40242 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40251 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
40259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40265 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40272 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40297 \begin_inset space ~
40306 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40315 arg "nomencl-insert"
40323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40331 \begin_inset space ~
40340 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40349 arg "footnote-insert"
40357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40370 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40379 arg "marginalnote-insert"
40387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40395 \begin_inset space ~
40404 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40428 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40430 \begin_inset space ~
40439 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40448 arg "box-insert Frameless"
40456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40492 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40544 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40553 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
40561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40568 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40575 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40584 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
40592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40599 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40601 \begin_inset space ~
40610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40619 arg "dialog-show character"
40627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40633 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40635 \begin_inset space ~
40644 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40653 arg "layout-paragraph"
40661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40667 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40669 \begin_inset space ~
40678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40687 arg "thesaurus-entry"
40695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40701 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40715 \begin_layout Subsection
40716 View / Update Toolbar
40717 \begin_inset Index idx
40720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40721 Toolbar ! View / Update
40727 \change_inserted -712698321 1299491111
40731 \begin_layout Standard
40732 \begin_inset Graphics
40733 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
40740 \begin_layout Standard
40741 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40747 \begin_layout Standard
40748 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
40752 \begin_layout Standard
40753 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40759 \begin_layout Standard
40760 \begin_inset Tabular
40761 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
40762 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40763 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40764 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40765 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40788 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40790 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219015
40792 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219016
40801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40810 arg "buffer-update"
40818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40824 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40826 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219034
40827 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40836 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40845 arg "master-buffer-view"
40853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40859 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40861 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219081
40863 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219082
40872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40881 arg "master-buffer-update"
40889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40895 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40897 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219101
40898 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40900 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219102
40909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
40926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40931 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219324
40935 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219325
40938 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40940 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219329
40942 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219342
40943 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40944 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40945 Synchronize with Output
40953 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40959 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219584
40960 \begin_inset Graphics
40961 filename ../images/view-others.png
40963 groupId toolbarbuttons
40970 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219431
40974 arg "buffer-update ps"
40984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40991 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219507
40992 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40994 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219457
40995 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40996 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40998 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219471
40999 View (Other Formats)
41007 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41013 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219587
41014 \begin_inset Graphics
41015 filename ../images/update-others.png
41017 groupId toolbarbuttons
41026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41031 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219513
41034 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41035 Update (Other Formats)
41046 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219552
41050 \begin_layout Standard
41052 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219630
41053 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
41059 \begin_layout Subsection
41063 \begin_layout Standard
41064 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41065 \begin_inset space ~
41069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41071 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41075 , the table toolbar
41076 \begin_inset Index idx
41079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41089 manual, the math macro toolbar
41090 \begin_inset Index idx
41093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41106 \begin_layout Chapter
41107 The Document Settings
41108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41110 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41115 \begin_inset Index idx
41118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41119 Document ! Settings
41127 \begin_layout Standard
41128 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41129 whole document and is called with the menu
41131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41135 You can save your document settings as default with th
41137 e Save as Document Defaults
41139 button in the dialog.
41140 This will create a template named
41144 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41148 \begin_layout Standard
41149 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41152 \begin_layout Section
41156 \begin_layout Standard
41157 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41159 Document classes are described in section
41160 \begin_inset space ~
41164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41166 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41171 Some classes use some class options by default.
41172 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41176 and you can decide to use them or not.
41177 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41178 recommended not to touch them.
41179 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41185 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41186 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41192 When you want one of the following drivers
41193 \begin_inset Newline newline
41196 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41197 \begin_inset Newline newline
41200 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41205 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41207 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41219 \begin_layout Standard
41220 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
41221 child or subdocument.
41222 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
41223 without its master.
41224 This way child documents are always compilable.
41225 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
41236 \begin_layout Section
41240 \begin_layout Standard
41241 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
41242 Please refer to the section
41250 manual for details.
41253 \begin_layout Section
41257 \begin_layout Standard
41258 Modules are explained in section
41259 \begin_inset space ~
41263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41265 reference "sub:Modules"
41272 \begin_layout Section
41276 \begin_layout Standard
41277 The document font settings are described in section
41278 \begin_inset space ~
41282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41284 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
41291 \begin_layout Section
41295 \begin_layout Standard
41296 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
41298 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
41302 \begin_layout Standard
41303 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
41304 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
41305 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
41308 \begin_layout Standard
41309 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
41317 \begin_layout Section
41321 \begin_layout Standard
41322 A description of this menu is given in section
41323 \begin_inset space ~
41327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41329 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41336 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41343 \begin_layout Section
41347 \begin_layout Standard
41348 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41349 \begin_inset space ~
41353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41355 reference "sub:Margins"
41362 \begin_layout Section
41364 \begin_inset Index idx
41367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41368 Language ! Encoding
41376 \begin_layout Standard
41377 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41378 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41379 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41380 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41381 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41382 known for a particular character).
41386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41387 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41388 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41393 manual for details.
41401 \begin_layout Standard
41402 If you use the option
41406 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41407 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41408 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41409 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41410 exactly one encoding.
41411 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41414 \begin_layout Standard
41415 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41416 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41417 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41418 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41419 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41420 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41425 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41426 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41427 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41428 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
41429 engines to standard LaTeX.
41430 Both engines support Unicode natively.
41431 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
41434 \begin_inset space ~
41441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41453 \begin_inset space ~
41460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 \begin_inset space ~
41478 \begin_inset space ~
41482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41484 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
41488 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
41491 \begin_layout Standard
41492 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41495 \begin_layout Description
41497 \begin_inset space ~
41501 \begin_inset space ~
41505 \begin_inset space ~
41512 , but the LaTeX-package
41517 \begin_inset Index idx
41520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41521 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41527 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41528 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41529 languages in TeX code.
41532 \begin_layout Description
41533 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41534 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41535 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41538 \begin_layout Description
41540 \begin_inset space ~
41544 \begin_inset space ~
41547 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41550 \begin_layout Description
41552 \begin_inset space ~
41556 \begin_inset space ~
41559 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41562 \begin_layout Description
41564 \begin_inset space ~
41567 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41570 \begin_layout Description
41572 \begin_inset space ~
41576 \begin_inset space ~
41579 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
41580 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41583 \begin_layout Description
41585 \begin_inset space ~
41589 \begin_inset space ~
41592 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41596 \begin_layout Description
41598 \begin_inset space ~
41602 \begin_inset space ~
41605 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41606 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41609 \begin_layout Description
41611 \begin_inset space ~
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41619 \begin_inset space ~
41622 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41623 \begin_inset space ~
41629 \begin_layout Description
41631 \begin_inset space ~
41635 \begin_inset space ~
41639 \begin_inset space ~
41642 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41643 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
41646 \begin_layout Description
41648 \begin_inset space ~
41652 \begin_inset space ~
41655 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41656 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41657 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41658 \begin_inset space ~
41662 \begin_inset space ~
41668 \begin_layout Description
41670 \begin_inset space ~
41674 \begin_inset space ~
41677 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41678 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41679 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41680 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41681 \begin_inset space ~
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41691 \begin_layout Description
41693 \begin_inset space ~
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41700 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41703 \begin_layout Description
41705 \begin_inset space ~
41709 \begin_inset space ~
41712 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41715 \begin_layout Description
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41721 \begin_inset space ~
41724 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
41727 \begin_layout Description
41729 \begin_inset space ~
41732 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41735 \begin_layout Description
41737 \begin_inset space ~
41740 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
41743 \begin_layout Description
41745 \begin_inset space ~
41749 \begin_inset space ~
41752 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
41755 \begin_layout Description
41757 \begin_inset space ~
41761 \begin_inset space ~
41767 \begin_layout Description
41769 \begin_inset space ~
41773 \begin_inset space ~
41776 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
41779 \begin_layout Description
41781 \begin_inset space ~
41785 \begin_inset space ~
41791 \begin_layout Description
41793 \begin_inset space ~
41797 \begin_inset space ~
41800 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41805 \begin_inset Index idx
41808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41814 , when using this, set the document language to
41819 \begin_layout Description
41821 \begin_inset space ~
41825 \begin_inset space ~
41828 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41832 , when using this, set the document language to
41835 \begin_inset space ~
41841 \begin_layout Description
41843 \begin_inset space ~
41847 \begin_inset space ~
41850 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41855 \begin_inset Index idx
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41859 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
41864 , when using this, set the document language to
41869 \begin_layout Description
41871 \begin_inset space ~
41875 \begin_inset space ~
41878 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41882 , when using this, set the document language to
41887 \begin_layout Description
41889 \begin_inset space ~
41893 \begin_inset space ~
41896 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41900 , when using this, set the document language to
41905 \begin_layout Description
41907 \begin_inset space ~
41910 (EUC-KR) for Korean
41913 \begin_layout Description
41915 \begin_inset space ~
41919 \begin_inset space ~
41923 \begin_inset space ~
41926 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
41929 \begin_layout Description
41931 \begin_inset space ~
41935 \begin_inset space ~
41939 \begin_inset space ~
41942 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
41943 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
41944 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
41947 \begin_layout Description
41949 \begin_inset space ~
41953 \begin_inset space ~
41959 \begin_layout Description
41961 \begin_inset space ~
41965 \begin_inset space ~
41968 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
41969 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
41972 \begin_layout Description
41974 \begin_inset space ~
41978 \begin_inset space ~
41981 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
41986 \begin_inset Index idx
41989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41990 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41995 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
41998 \begin_layout Description
42000 \begin_inset space ~
42004 \begin_inset space ~
42007 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42015 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42020 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42022 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42025 \begin_layout Description
42027 \begin_inset space ~
42031 \begin_inset space ~
42034 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42039 \begin_inset Index idx
42042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42043 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42048 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42051 \begin_layout Description
42053 \begin_inset space ~
42056 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42061 \begin_inset Index idx
42064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42065 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42071 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42075 \begin_layout Description
42077 \begin_inset space ~
42081 \begin_inset space ~
42085 \begin_inset space ~
42088 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42089 \begin_inset space ~
42095 \begin_layout Description
42097 \begin_inset space ~
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42105 \begin_inset space ~
42108 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42109 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42110 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42114 \begin_layout Description
42116 \begin_inset space ~
42120 \begin_inset space ~
42124 \begin_inset space ~
42127 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42128 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42129 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489919
42133 \begin_layout Standard
42135 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575911
42136 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42140 LatexCommand formatted
42141 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42145 for more information on the language package.
42150 \begin_layout Section
42154 \begin_layout Standard
42155 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42156 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42157 \begin_inset space ~
42161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42163 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42170 \begin_layout Section
42174 \begin_layout Standard
42175 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42180 \begin_inset Index idx
42183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42184 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42194 \begin_inset Index idx
42197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42198 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42203 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42208 \begin_inset Index idx
42211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42212 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42217 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42219 For a further description see section
42220 \begin_inset space ~
42224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42226 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42233 \begin_layout Section
42237 \begin_layout Standard
42238 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
42239 and you can define additional indexes.
42240 Please refer to section
42241 \begin_inset space ~
42245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42247 reference "sec:Index"
42254 \begin_layout Section
42258 \begin_layout Standard
42259 The PDF properties are explained in section
42260 \begin_inset space ~
42264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42266 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42273 \begin_layout Section
42277 \begin_layout Standard
42278 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
42283 \begin_inset Index idx
42286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
42297 \begin_inset Index idx
42300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42301 LaTeX-packages ! esint
42306 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42309 \begin_layout Standard
42314 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
42315 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
42318 \begin_layout Standard
42323 is used for special integral characters.
42326 \begin_layout Section
42330 \begin_layout Standard
42331 The float placement options are described in section
42332 \begin_inset space ~
42336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42338 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42345 \begin_layout Section
42349 \begin_layout Standard
42350 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42351 The itemize environment is described in section
42352 \begin_inset space ~
42356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42358 reference "sec:Itemize"
42365 \begin_layout Section
42369 \begin_layout Standard
42370 Branches are described in section
42371 \begin_inset space ~
42375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42377 reference "sec:Branches"
42382 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490648
42386 \begin_layout Section
42388 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490977
42390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42392 name "sec:Doc-Output"
42399 \begin_layout Standard
42401 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490684
42402 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
42405 \begin_layout Description
42407 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575868
42409 \begin_inset space ~
42413 \begin_inset space ~
42416 Format: The format that is used when you hit
42417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42436 View Master Document
42437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42444 Update Master Document
42445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42452 menu or the toolbar.
42453 The default is set in
42455 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42456 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42461 LatexCommand formatted
42462 reference "sec:File-Formats"
42469 \begin_layout Description
42471 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490926
42473 \begin_inset space ~
42477 \begin_inset space ~
42481 \begin_inset Note Note
42484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42486 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490928
42497 \begin_layout Description
42499 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490931
42501 \begin_inset space ~
42505 \begin_inset space ~
42509 \begin_inset Note Note
42512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42514 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490933
42527 \begin_layout Section
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42542 \begin_layout Standard
42543 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
42544 to define LaTeX-commands.
42545 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
42546 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
42550 \begin_layout Standard
42551 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
42552 \begin_inset space ~
42556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42558 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
42565 \begin_layout Chapter
42571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42573 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
42578 \begin_inset Index idx
42581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42590 \begin_layout Standard
42591 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42593 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42597 It has the following submenus.
42600 \begin_layout Section
42604 \begin_layout Subsection
42608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42609 User Interface File
42610 \begin_inset Index idx
42613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42614 Customization ! of toolbars
42620 \begin_inset Index idx
42623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42624 Customization ! of menus
42632 \begin_layout Standard
42633 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42641 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42650 \begin_layout Standard
42651 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
42652 interface (ui) file.
42653 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42654 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42663 Both files are loaded by the
42668 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42669 files and edit the entries.
42672 \begin_layout Standard
42673 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42685 entries must be ended with an explicit
42710 and in the case of the
42711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42723 The syntax for the entries is:
42726 \begin_layout Standard
42727 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42755 \begin_layout Standard
42757 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42760 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
42762 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42764 \begin_inset space ~
42772 \begin_layout Standard
42773 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42779 \begin_layout Standard
42780 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42782 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42785 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42789 \begin_layout Standard
42790 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42814 \begin_layout Standard
42816 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42819 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42826 \begin_layout Standard
42829 Enable tool tips in main work area
42831 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42835 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42839 \begin_layout Standard
42843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42850 restoring of window layout and geometries
42852 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42853 in the last LyX session.
42856 \begin_layout Standard
42859 Restore cursor positions
42861 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42865 \begin_layout Standard
42868 Load opened files from last session
42870 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42877 name "sub:Backup documents"
42882 \begin_inset Index idx
42885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42894 \begin_layout Standard
42899 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
42902 \begin_layout Standard
42907 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
42910 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42912 \begin_inset space ~
42920 \begin_layout Standard
42923 Open documents in tabs
42925 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
42929 \begin_layout Subsection
42931 \begin_inset Index idx
42934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42943 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
42950 \begin_layout Standard
42951 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
42954 \begin_layout Standard
42955 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42963 This section only deals with the fonts
42968 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
42971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42972 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42983 \begin_layout Standard
42984 By default, LyX uses
42988 as roman (serif) font,
42996 (depends on the system) as
42999 \begin_inset space ~
43015 \begin_layout Standard
43016 You can change the font size with the
43021 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43022 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43025 \begin_layout Standard
43030 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43031 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43033 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43036 points have the size of 1
43037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43041 \begin_inset space ~
43045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43047 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43054 \begin_layout Standard
43059 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43064 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43065 \begin_inset space ~
43069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43071 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43078 \begin_layout Standard
43081 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43083 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43084 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43085 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43086 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43088 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43089 \begin_inset space ~
43095 \begin_layout Subsection
43097 \begin_inset Index idx
43100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43107 \begin_inset Index idx
43110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43119 \begin_layout Standard
43120 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43121 Choose an item in the list and use the
43128 \begin_layout Subsection
43130 \begin_inset Index idx
43133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43142 \begin_layout Standard
43143 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43146 \begin_layout Standard
43151 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43152 This feature is described in section
43153 \begin_inset space ~
43157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43159 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43166 \begin_layout Standard
43170 \begin_inset space ~
43174 \begin_inset space ~
43178 \begin_inset space ~
43183 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43186 \begin_layout Section
43188 \begin_inset Index idx
43191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43200 \begin_layout Subsection
43204 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43208 \begin_layout Standard
43211 Cursor follows scrollbar
43213 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43217 \begin_layout Standard
43220 Sort environments alphabetically
43222 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43225 \begin_layout Standard
43228 Group environments by their category
43230 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43233 \begin_layout Standard
43234 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
43246 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43250 \begin_layout Standard
43251 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
43256 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
43257 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
43261 \begin_layout Subsection
43263 \begin_inset Index idx
43266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43273 \begin_inset Index idx
43276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43277 Settings ! Shortcuts
43285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43289 \begin_layout Standard
43290 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
43291 Several binding files are available:
43294 \begin_layout Description
43295 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
43298 \begin_layout Description
43299 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43310 \begin_layout Description
43311 mac.bind set of bindings for
43314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43322 \begin_layout Standard
43323 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43327 , and bind files for special languages.
43328 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43333 \begin_inset space \space{}
43337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43345 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43349 \begin_layout Standard
43350 Some bind-files, like
43354 , have only a small scope.
43355 When looking at the end of the file
43359 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43366 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43371 \begin_inset Index idx
43374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43375 Key Bindings ! Editing
43383 \begin_layout Standard
43384 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
43385 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
43386 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43389 Show key-bindings containing
43392 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43393 Insert there for example as keyword
43394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43401 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43411 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43412 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43416 that you will find in the
43423 \begin_layout Standard
43425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43429 \begin_inset space \space{}
43440 , select the function and press the
43445 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
43446 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
43447 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
43448 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
43449 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
43451 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
43453 The binding for the function
43457 is an example of this.
43460 \begin_layout Standard
43461 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
43463 The syntax of the entries is:
43466 \begin_layout Standard
43472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43490 \begin_layout Subsection
43492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43494 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
43499 \begin_inset Index idx
43502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43509 \begin_inset Index idx
43512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43513 Settings ! Keyboard Map
43521 \begin_layout Standard
43522 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
43523 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
43525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43529 \begin_inset space \space{}
43532 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
43533 can use the keyboard map file named
43540 \begin_layout Standard
43541 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43549 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
43557 \begin_layout Standard
43558 Besides this, you can specify here the
43560 Wheel scrolling speed
43563 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
43567 \begin_layout Subsection
43569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43571 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
43576 \begin_inset Index idx
43579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43588 \begin_layout Standard
43589 Input completion is described in sec.
43590 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43596 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43601 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43603 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
43604 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
43608 \begin_layout Section
43610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43617 \begin_inset Index idx
43620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43627 \begin_inset Index idx
43630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43639 \begin_layout Description
43641 \begin_inset space ~
43644 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43645 It is the default when you
43656 \begin_inset space ~
43664 \begin_layout Description
43666 \begin_inset space ~
43669 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43671 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43673 \begin_inset space ~
43677 \begin_inset space ~
43685 \begin_layout Description
43687 \begin_inset space ~
43690 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43700 \begin_inset Newline newline
43704 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43716 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
43724 \begin_layout Description
43726 \begin_inset space ~
43730 \begin_inset Index idx
43733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43739 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43740 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43741 \begin_inset space ~
43745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43747 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43755 will be used to save the backups.
43756 \begin_inset Newline newline
43759 The backup files have the ending
43760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43770 \begin_layout Description
43775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43782 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43783 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43784 \begin_inset Newline newline
43788 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43796 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43804 \begin_layout Description
43806 \begin_inset space ~
43809 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43812 \begin_layout Description
43814 \begin_inset space ~
43817 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43818 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43819 to find it on the system.
43820 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
43821 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43830 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43831 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43835 \begin_layout Section
43839 \begin_layout Standard
43840 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43841 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43843 \begin_inset space ~
43847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43849 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43853 , to mark changes you make as yours.
43856 \begin_layout Section
43858 \begin_inset Index idx
43861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43862 Language ! Settings
43868 \begin_inset Index idx
43871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43872 Settings ! Language
43880 \begin_layout Subsection
43882 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489311
43884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43886 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
43895 \begin_layout Description
43897 \begin_inset space ~
43901 \begin_inset space ~
43904 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
43905 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
43906 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
43907 You find the actual translation status here:
43908 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43910 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43911 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43918 \begin_layout Description
43920 \begin_inset space ~
43923 language is the language used in new documents
43926 \begin_layout Description
43928 \begin_inset space ~
43932 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488193
43934 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488196
43936 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488202
43937 LaTeX-command to load a
43938 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488203
43942 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488206
43944 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488206
43948 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488213
43950 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488217
43951 should be loaded to
43954 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488219
43958 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488496
43960 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
43961 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
43962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43981 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488237
43982 default is the LaTeX-command
43989 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
43990 most widespread language
43993 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
43999 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488633
44002 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44003 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44004 with an alternative language package (
44008 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44009 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44011 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488271
44016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44017 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
44018 \begin_inset space ~
44022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44024 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
44036 \begin_inset Newline newline
44040 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488707
44041 The available selections are:
44045 \begin_layout Itemize
44048 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488784
44057 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44061 \begin_layout Itemize
44064 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488874
44069 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44070 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44071 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44074 \begin_layout Itemize
44077 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488983
44082 Lets you load some other language package (via
44095 \begin_layout Itemize
44098 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488998
44103 Loads no language package at all
44104 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488523
44109 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44110 to the document language.
44111 A text label is, for instance, the word
44112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44119 at the beginning of every table caption.
44125 \begin_layout Description
44127 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489281
44129 \begin_inset space ~
44133 \begin_inset space ~
44136 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44140 \begin_layout Description
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44145 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44146 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44147 An example is the start command
44153 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44158 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44173 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44178 \begin_layout Description
44180 \begin_inset space ~
44188 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44189 command toggles the package on and off.
44192 \begin_layout Description
44194 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489034
44196 \begin_inset space ~
44208 \begin_layout Description
44210 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489068
44212 \begin_inset space ~
44216 \begin_inset space ~
44220 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489066
44222 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489071
44226 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489073
44229 When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
44230 as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all
44232 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44239 \begin_layout Description
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44244 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44246 When this option is not set, the
44249 \begin_inset space ~
44254 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44255 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44258 \begin_inset space ~
44266 \begin_layout Description
44268 \begin_inset space ~
44274 \begin_inset space ~
44280 When it is not set, the
44283 \begin_inset space ~
44288 is set to the end of the document.
44291 \begin_layout Description
44293 \begin_inset space ~
44297 \begin_inset space ~
44300 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44301 language will be underlined blue.
44304 \begin_layout Description
44306 \begin_inset space ~
44310 \begin_inset space ~
44313 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
44314 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
44317 \begin_layout Description
44319 \begin_inset space ~
44322 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
44323 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
44324 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
44325 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
44328 \begin_layout Subsection
44332 \begin_layout Standard
44333 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
44334 \begin_inset space ~
44338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44340 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
44347 \begin_layout Section
44351 \begin_layout Subsection
44353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44360 \begin_inset Index idx
44363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44370 \begin_inset Index idx
44373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44382 \begin_layout Description
44384 \begin_inset space ~
44387 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
44388 The name will be used when the
44393 \begin_inset Newline newline
44397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44405 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
44413 \begin_layout Description
44415 \begin_inset space ~
44419 \begin_inset space ~
44423 \begin_inset space ~
44426 printer This option works only for the
44431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44443 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
44444 This is an option only for dvips experts.
44447 \begin_layout Description
44449 \begin_inset space ~
44452 command is the command LyX
44453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44460 LaTeX uses for printing.
44461 The default is on most systems
44468 \begin_layout Description
44470 \begin_inset space ~
44474 \begin_inset space ~
44477 Options Here you can specify printer options.
44478 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
44479 of the program that provides the
44486 \begin_layout Subsection
44488 \begin_inset Index idx
44491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44498 \begin_inset Index idx
44501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44502 Settings ! Date format
44510 \begin_layout Standard
44511 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
44512 \begin_inset Newline newline
44516 \begin_inset Flex URL
44519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44521 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
44527 \begin_inset Newline newline
44530 For example the format
44531 \begin_inset Newline newline
44535 \begin_inset Newline newline
44538 prints the date as day/month/year.
44541 \begin_layout Subsection
44545 \begin_layout Description
44547 \begin_inset space ~
44551 \begin_inset space ~
44554 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
44557 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44558 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44560 \begin_inset space ~
44566 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
44570 \begin_layout Description
44572 \begin_inset space ~
44575 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
44580 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
44581 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
44584 \begin_layout Subsection
44589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44599 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
44604 \begin_inset Index idx
44607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44616 \begin_layout Description
44618 \begin_inset space ~
44625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44633 \begin_inset space ~
44637 \begin_inset space ~
44640 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
44645 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
44667 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
44668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44680 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
44681 LyX sets up in the background.
44682 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
44685 \begin_layout Description
44687 \begin_inset space ~
44691 \begin_inset space ~
44694 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
44699 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
44702 \begin_layout Standard
44703 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
44704 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
44705 manuals of the applications.
44706 Currently the following commands can be set:
44709 \begin_layout Description
44714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44722 \begin_inset space ~
44725 command Command for the program
44729 that is described in the section
44735 Additional Features
44740 \begin_layout Description
44745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44753 \begin_inset space ~
44756 command Command for the program
44760 that generates the bibliography, see section
44761 \begin_inset space ~
44765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44767 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
44774 \begin_layout Description
44776 \begin_inset space ~
44779 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
44780 \begin_inset space ~
44784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44786 reference "sub:Index-Program"
44793 \begin_layout Description
44795 \begin_inset space ~
44798 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
44799 \begin_inset space ~
44803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44805 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
44812 \begin_layout Description
44814 \begin_inset space ~
44818 \begin_inset space ~
44822 \begin_inset space ~
44826 \begin_inset space ~
44829 options They only have an effect when the program
44833 is used as DVI-viewer.
44836 \begin_layout Standard
44837 There are additionally the following options:
44840 \begin_layout Description
44842 \begin_inset space ~
44846 \begin_inset space ~
44850 \begin_inset space ~
44854 \begin_inset space ~
44858 \begin_inset space ~
44861 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44879 to separate folders.
44880 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44881 \begin_inset Index idx
44884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44891 \begin_inset Index idx
44894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44903 \begin_layout Description
44905 \begin_inset space ~
44909 \begin_inset space ~
44913 \begin_inset space ~
44917 \begin_inset space ~
44921 \begin_inset space ~
44925 \begin_inset space ~
44928 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44933 dialog when changing the document class.
44936 \begin_layout Section
44938 \begin_inset space ~
44942 \begin_inset Index idx
44945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44954 \begin_layout Subsection
44956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44958 name "sub:Converters"
44963 \begin_inset Index idx
44966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44975 \begin_layout Standard
44976 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44977 from one format to another.
44978 You can modify them or create new ones.
44979 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44986 \begin_inset space ~
44996 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45000 \begin_inset space ~
45005 drop-down list, modify the
45009 field, and press the
45016 \begin_layout Standard
45019 Converter File Cache
45021 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45024 Maximum Age (in days
45027 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45028 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45031 \begin_layout Standard
45032 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45033 the converter definition, is described in the section
45044 \begin_layout Subsection
45046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45048 name "sec:File-Formats"
45053 \begin_inset Index idx
45056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45063 \begin_inset Index idx
45066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45075 \begin_layout Standard
45076 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45077 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45079 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490494
45083 \begin_layout Standard
45085 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490573
45086 Furthermore, you can define the
45087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45090 Default output format
45091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45094 that is used when you hit
45095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45114 View Master Document
45115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45122 Update Master Document
45123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45126 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45131 \begin_layout Standard
45132 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45133 is described in the section
45144 \begin_layout Standard
45145 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45146 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45147 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45148 This is done by specifying a
45153 More about this is described in the section
45164 \begin_layout Chapter
45165 Units available in LyX
45166 \begin_inset Index idx
45169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45178 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45185 \begin_layout Standard
45186 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45189 reference "cap:Units"
45193 explains all units available in LyX.
45196 \begin_layout Standard
45197 \begin_inset Float table
45203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45204 \begin_inset Caption
45206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45222 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45230 \begin_inset Tabular
45231 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45232 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45233 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45385 scaled point (65536
45386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45446 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
45450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45474 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45501 % of original image width
45508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45715 \begin_layout Chapter
45717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45726 \begin_layout Standard
45727 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
45728 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
45731 \begin_layout Itemize
45734 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
45737 \begin_layout Itemize
45743 \begin_layout Itemize
45749 \begin_layout Itemize
45755 \begin_layout Itemize
45761 \begin_layout Itemize
45767 \begin_layout Itemize
45773 \begin_layout Itemize
45779 \begin_layout Itemize
45782 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
45785 \begin_layout Itemize
45791 \begin_layout Itemize
45797 \begin_layout Itemize
45803 \begin_layout Itemize
45809 \begin_layout Itemize
45815 \begin_layout Itemize
45821 \begin_layout Itemize
45827 \begin_layout Itemize
45833 \begin_layout Itemize
45835 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45844 \begin_layout Standard
45845 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45848 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
45855 \begin_layout Bibliography
45856 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45857 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45858 LatexCommand bibitem
45865 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45868 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
45873 \begin_inset Newline newline
45877 \begin_inset Flex URL
45880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45882 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
45890 \begin_layout Bibliography
45891 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45892 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45893 LatexCommand bibitem
45894 key "latexcompanion"
45898 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
45900 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
45903 Addison-Wesley, 2004
45906 \begin_layout Bibliography
45907 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45908 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45909 LatexCommand bibitem
45914 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
45917 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
45920 Addison-Wesley, 2003
45923 \begin_layout Bibliography
45924 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45925 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45926 LatexCommand bibitem
45933 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
45936 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
45939 \begin_layout Bibliography
45940 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45941 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45942 LatexCommand bibitem
45954 Addison-Wesley, 1984
45957 \begin_layout Bibliography
45958 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45959 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45960 LatexCommand bibitem
45966 \begin_inset Newline newline
45970 \begin_inset Flex URL
45973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45975 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45983 \begin_layout Bibliography
45984 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45985 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45986 LatexCommand bibitem
45992 \begin_inset Newline newline
45996 \begin_inset Flex URL
45999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46001 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46009 \begin_layout Bibliography
46010 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46011 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46012 LatexCommand bibitem
46018 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46020 name "Documentation"
46021 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46030 \begin_inset Newline newline
46034 \begin_inset Flex URL
46037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46039 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46047 \begin_layout Bibliography
46048 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46049 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46050 LatexCommand bibitem
46056 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46058 name "Documentation"
46059 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46063 how to use the program
46068 \begin_inset Newline newline
46072 \begin_inset Flex URL
46075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46077 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46085 \begin_layout Bibliography
46086 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46087 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46088 LatexCommand bibitem
46094 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46096 name "Documentation"
46097 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46106 \begin_inset Newline newline
46110 \begin_inset Flex URL
46113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46115 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46123 \begin_layout Bibliography
46124 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46125 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46126 LatexCommand bibitem
46132 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46134 name "Documentation"
46135 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46144 \begin_inset Newline newline
46148 \begin_inset Flex URL
46151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46153 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46161 \begin_layout Bibliography
46162 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46163 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46164 LatexCommand bibitem
46170 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46172 name "Documentation"
46173 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46177 of the LaTeX-package
46182 \begin_inset Index idx
46185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46186 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46192 \begin_inset Newline newline
46196 \begin_inset Flex URL
46199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46201 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46209 \begin_layout Bibliography
46210 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46211 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46212 LatexCommand bibitem
46218 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46220 name "Documentation"
46221 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46225 of the LaTeX-package
46230 \begin_inset Index idx
46233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46234 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46240 \begin_inset Newline newline
46244 \begin_inset Flex URL
46247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46249 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46257 \begin_layout Bibliography
46258 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46259 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46260 LatexCommand bibitem
46268 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46270 name "Documentation"
46271 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46277 of the LaTeX-package
46282 \begin_inset Index idx
46285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46286 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46292 \begin_inset Newline newline
46296 \begin_inset Flex URL
46299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46301 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46309 \begin_layout Bibliography
46310 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46311 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46312 LatexCommand bibitem
46318 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46320 name "Documentation"
46321 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
46325 of the LaTeX-package
46330 \begin_inset Index idx
46333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46334 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
46340 \begin_inset Newline newline
46344 \begin_inset Flex URL
46347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46349 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
46357 \begin_layout Bibliography
46358 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46359 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46360 LatexCommand bibitem
46366 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46368 name "Documentation"
46369 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
46373 of the LaTeX-package
46378 \begin_inset Index idx
46381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46382 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
46388 \begin_inset Newline newline
46392 \begin_inset Flex URL
46395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46397 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46405 \begin_layout Bibliography
46406 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46407 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46408 LatexCommand bibitem
46414 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46416 name "Documentation"
46417 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
46421 of the LaTeX-package
46426 \begin_inset Index idx
46429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46430 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
46436 \begin_inset Newline newline
46440 \begin_inset Flex URL
46443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46445 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
46453 \begin_layout Bibliography
46454 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46455 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46456 LatexCommand bibitem
46462 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46465 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
46469 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
46470 \begin_inset Newline newline
46474 \begin_inset Flex URL
46477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46479 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
46487 \begin_layout Bibliography
46488 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46489 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46490 LatexCommand bibitem
46496 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46499 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
46503 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
46504 \begin_inset Newline newline
46508 \begin_inset Flex URL
46511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46513 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
46521 \begin_layout Bibliography
46522 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46523 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46524 LatexCommand bibitem
46530 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46533 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
46537 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
46538 \begin_inset Newline newline
46542 \begin_inset Flex URL
46545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46547 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
46555 \begin_layout Bibliography
46556 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46557 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46558 LatexCommand bibitem
46564 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46567 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
46571 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
46572 \begin_inset Newline newline
46576 \begin_inset Flex URL
46579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46581 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
46589 \begin_layout Bibliography
46590 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46591 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46592 LatexCommand bibitem
46598 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46601 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
46605 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
46606 \begin_inset Newline newline
46610 \begin_inset Flex URL
46613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46615 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
46623 \begin_layout Bibliography
46624 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46625 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46626 LatexCommand bibitem
46632 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46635 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
46639 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
46640 \begin_inset Newline newline
46644 \begin_inset Flex URL
46647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46649 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
46657 \begin_layout Bibliography
46658 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46659 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46660 LatexCommand bibitem
46666 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46669 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
46673 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
46674 \begin_inset Newline newline
46678 \begin_inset Flex URL
46681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46683 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
46691 \begin_layout Bibliography
46692 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46693 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46694 LatexCommand bibitem
46700 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46703 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
46707 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
46708 \begin_inset Newline newline
46712 \begin_inset Flex URL
46715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46717 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
46725 \begin_layout Bibliography
46726 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46727 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46728 LatexCommand bibitem
46734 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46737 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
46741 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
46742 \begin_inset Newline newline
46746 \begin_inset Flex URL
46749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46751 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
46759 \begin_layout Bibliography
46760 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46761 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46762 LatexCommand bibitem
46768 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46771 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
46775 about new features in
46780 \begin_inset Newline newline
46784 \begin_inset Flex URL
46787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46789 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
46797 \begin_layout Standard
46798 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46832 \begin_inset Note Note
46835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46842 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
46843 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
46844 bibliography is the second one:
46852 \begin_layout Standard
46853 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
46854 LatexCommand bibtex
46855 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
46856 options "biblio/alphadin"
46863 \begin_layout Standard
46864 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
46867 \begin_layout Standard
46868 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
46869 LatexCommand printnomenclature
46875 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
46876 LatexCommand printindex